WO2020177521A1 - Prs frequency domain resource mapping method and apparatus, and storage medium - Google Patents

Prs frequency domain resource mapping method and apparatus, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020177521A1
WO2020177521A1 PCT/CN2020/075585 CN2020075585W WO2020177521A1 WO 2020177521 A1 WO2020177521 A1 WO 2020177521A1 CN 2020075585 W CN2020075585 W CN 2020075585W WO 2020177521 A1 WO2020177521 A1 WO 2020177521A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
prs
information
frequency point
resource
frequency
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/075585
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄甦
史桢宇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020177521A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020177521A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H04W64/003Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management locating network equipment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/06Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and storage medium for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS.
  • the new radio will have higher requirements for positioning accuracy.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • PRS positioning reference signals
  • NR new radio
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and storage medium for frequency domain resource mapping of PRS to solve the resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system.
  • the first aspect of this application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping method, which is suitable for terminal equipment.
  • the method includes: the terminal equipment receives auxiliary information sent by the network device, the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the first frequency Point information, the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources, the first frequency point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and the PRS transceiver is determined according to the auxiliary information The resource mapping position in the time and frequency domain, and receiving the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping position.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the received auxiliary information, which solves the problem of frequency division multiplexing when cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS.
  • the problem of number reduction avoids resource waste and solves the resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system.
  • the network device can send the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in an explicit configuration mode, so that the terminal device can obtain the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information by analyzing the received auxiliary information.
  • the processing time of the terminal equipment is reduced, and the frequency domain resource mapping efficiency is improved.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the frequency offset of the PRS can be used to indicate the number of subcarriers that need to be offset to the right of the first frequency point when the PRS is mapped to the frequency domain, so that the terminal device can directly determine the frequency of the PRS The offset reduces the processing time.
  • the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  • the network device sends the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in an implicit configuration mode, that is, by including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information, and then sends the PRS configuration information through auxiliary information For terminal equipment, this can improve communication security.
  • an implicit configuration mode that is, by including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information
  • auxiliary information For terminal equipment, this can improve communication security.
  • the determining, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received includes:
  • a first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, the first resource index set including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resources in each CRB Element RE index;
  • a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate when the PRS is receiving and transmitting The resource mapping position in the frequency domain.
  • the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can both accurately determine the second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resources according to the determined first frequency point information and PRS configuration information. This lays the foundation for the subsequent PRS transmission and reception at a certain location, thereby avoiding the reduction of the number of frequency division multiplexed cells.
  • the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the second resource index set can be implemented in a variety of possible implementation manners.
  • the terminal equipment and network equipment can transmit and receive PRS at the resource mapping position corresponding to the second resource index set, which solves the problem of communication between the LTE system and the NR system. Resource coordination issues.
  • the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  • the second aspect of the present application provides a method for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS, which is suitable for network equipment.
  • the method includes: the network equipment obtains information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, and the first frequency
  • the point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and auxiliary information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the PRS offset information on frequency domain resources.
  • the network device sends the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the resource after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the received auxiliary information
  • the mapping position solves the problem of reducing the number of frequency division multiplexed cells when cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to send PRS, avoiding resource waste, and solving the resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the determining, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received includes:
  • a first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, the first resource index set including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resources in each CRB Element RE index;
  • a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate when the PRS is receiving and transmitting The resource mapping position in the frequency domain.
  • the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  • the acquiring the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS includes:
  • the second-standard network device acquires the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
  • the method further includes:
  • the LMF sends the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the second-standard network device.
  • the acquiring the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS includes:
  • the LMF obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the information of the first frequency point.
  • a third aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including: a transceiver module and a processing module;
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive auxiliary information sent by a network device, the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is in frequency Offset information on domain resources, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information received by the transceiver module, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the The target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource The index set includes: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and according to the target resource index and the first resource index set, it is determined that the PRS is on the frequency domain resource An offset second resource index set, where the second resource index set is used to indicate a resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is received and received.
  • the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  • the fourth aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including: an acquisition module and a transceiver module;
  • the acquiring module is configured to acquire information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send auxiliary information to a terminal device, the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is on frequency domain resources Offset information.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  • the device further includes: a processing module
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the target resource The index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource index set Including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and determining the offset of the PRS on the frequency domain resource according to the target resource index and the first resource index set The latter second resource index set, where the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
  • the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the device is applied to a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  • the obtaining module when the apparatus is applied to the network equipment of the second standard, is specifically configured to obtain the PRS configuration information and the first configuration information of the LMF configuration. Frequency information.
  • the transceiver module when the device is applied to the LMF, the transceiver module is further configured to send the PRS configuration information and the first frequency to the second-standard network device Point of information.
  • the obtaining module when the apparatus is applied to the LMF, is specifically configured to obtain PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the first frequency point Information.
  • the information of the first frequency point is the absolute radio channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • ARFCN can be used to identify the number of a special radio frequency channel
  • using the ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point as the information of the first frequency point can improve the identification of terminal equipment The ability of this first frequency point.
  • multiple second-standard network cells can share a frequency of the first frequency point, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning Of the cell.
  • the information of the first frequency point when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point may be expressed in any of the following forms:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB
  • the index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
  • the information of the first frequency point is expressed by the cell used for positioning, which saves the signaling overhead more than the expression using ARFCN.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the information of the first frequency point adopts any one of the following A form of representation:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell.
  • the RE index in the CRB is a preset value.
  • the set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell
  • the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index in the primary serving cell and is applicable to multiple cells, which further saves overhead.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the information of the first frequency point adopts any of the following forms Means:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell, and the RE index in the CRB is a preset value ,
  • the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
  • the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index of the serving cell of the network device, which not only saves overhead, but also extends any serving cell, which has a wider applicability.
  • the fifth aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor.
  • the processor executes the program as follows: The methods described in the above first aspect and various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the sixth aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor.
  • the processor executes the program, the implementation is as follows The methods described in the above second aspect and various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the seventh aspect of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions in the storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the first aspect and various possible designs of the first aspect .
  • the eighth aspect of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions in the storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above second aspect and various possible designs of the second aspect .
  • the ninth aspect of the present application provides a program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the first aspect and various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the tenth aspect of the present application provides a program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the second aspect and various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the eleventh aspect of the present application provides a chip that includes a memory and a processor.
  • the memory stores code and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor runs the code in the memory so that the chip is used to execute the first Aspects and the methods described in the various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a memory and a processor.
  • the memory stores code and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor runs the code in the memory so that the chip is used to execute the second Aspect and the methods described in the various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, including: terminal equipment, second-standard network equipment, LMF, and first-standard network equipment;
  • the terminal device is the device described in the third aspect and various possible designs of the third aspect
  • the second-standard network equipment and the LMF are the devices described in the fourth aspect and various possible designs of the fourth aspect.
  • the network device obtains the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS, and configures the information of the first frequency point and the PRS corresponding to the PRS The information is sent to the terminal device through the auxiliary information.
  • the terminal device determines the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the received auxiliary information, and receives the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping position, that is, The terminal device can determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the indication of the auxiliary information, which solves the problem of reducing the number of frequency division multiplexed cells when cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS, that is, The problem of resource coordination between the LTE system and the NR system is solved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 3 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of a downlink signal in an LTE system
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an up-conversion process of a downlink signal of an LTE cell
  • Figure 5 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of the downlink signal in the NR system
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of frequency division multiplexing of LTE positioning reference signals and NR positioning reference signals;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of resource mapping of LTE PRS and NR positioning reference signals in the time-frequency domain
  • FIG. 8 is an interaction schematic diagram of Embodiment 1 of a method for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
  • 10A is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of a first resource index set and a second resource index set through a first possible implementation manner
  • 10B is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a second possible implementation manner
  • FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a third possible implementation manner
  • 10D is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a fourth possible implementation manner
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a PRS frequency domain resource mapping apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • AMF Access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF)
  • the main functions include: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management, etc. access Functions related to mobility.
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • LMC The location management component (LMC) is a part of the functional components of the LMF, which can be integrated in the base station of the second-standard network on the next-generation radio access network (NG-RAN) side.
  • NG-RAN next-generation radio access network
  • gNodeB 5G base station
  • gNB 5G base station
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system may include a terminal device 11 and a network device.
  • the network device may include a wireless access device located in the wireless access network 12 and a core network device located in the core network 13.
  • the core network equipment in the core network 13 can be divided into components with AMF and LMF functions.
  • AMF can implement functions such as gateways
  • LMF can implement functions such as positioning centers
  • AMF It can communicate with LMF.
  • AMF and LMF can be connected through an NLs interface.
  • the core network 13 may also include an enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC) connected to the LMF and/or a secure user plane location platform (SUPL (secure user plane location) location platform).
  • E-SMLC enhanced serving mobile location center
  • SUPL secure user plane location platform
  • SLP SUPL entity responsible for user plane positioning
  • the wireless access device may include one or more devices of a first-standard network and devices of a second-standard network.
  • the equipment of the first-standard network may be a next-generation LTE base station (Next-generation eNodeB, ng-eNB), for example, an LTE base station accessing a 5G core network, and the ng-eNB It may have a transmission point (TP) and a receiving point (receiving point, RP).
  • the equipment of the second-standard network may be a 5G base station (gNodeB, gNB), that is, a 5G base station that accesses a 5G core network.
  • the gNB is a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and meets the 5G standard and provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device 11 may include one or more user equipment (user equipment, UE).
  • the wireless access device can access to the core network 13 via AMF.
  • the ng-eNB and gNB can access to the core network 13 via the AMF via the NG-C interface, and the terminal device 11 can access to the core network 13 via the wireless access device.
  • the terminal device 11 accesses the radio access network via the ng-eNB through the LTE air interface (LTE-Uu), and accesses the radio access network via the gNB via the NR air interface (NR-Uu).
  • LTE-Uu LTE air interface
  • NR-Uu NR air interface
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the equipment of the second-standard network includes an LMC, and the LMC can assume part of the functions of the LMF.
  • the gNB has TP, RP, and LMC. In this way, in actual applications, when implementing this part of the LMF function, the equipment of the second-standard network does not need to access the core network via the AMF, thereby reducing the signaling delay and avoiding the terminal location from being exposed on the public network.
  • the components included in the communication system shown in FIG. 2 are similar to those in the communication system shown in FIG. 1. For a detailed description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, reference may be made to the record in the embodiment shown in FIG. Repeat.
  • the terminal device 11 is connected to the wireless access device in a wireless manner, and the wireless access device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner.
  • the core network device and the wireless access device may be two independent different physical devices.
  • the function of the core network device and the logical function of the wireless access device may also be integrated on the same physical device.
  • only part of the functions of the core network device and part of the functions of the wireless access device may be integrated on one physical device.
  • the devices shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 may include single or multiple second-standard network devices, single or multiple terminal devices.
  • Each second-standard network device can transmit data or control signaling to a single or multiple terminal devices.
  • Multiple second-standard network devices can also simultaneously transmit data or control signaling for each terminal device.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network devices, wireless access devices, and terminal devices included in the communication system, which can be set according to actual conditions.
  • the communication systems shown in Figures 1 and 2 are only schematic diagrams.
  • the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, or network controllers, mobile management Entities and other network entities, the embodiment of this application is not limited to this.
  • the communication system applied in the embodiment of the present application may be a global system for mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division multiple access (wideband) system.
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the wireless access device in the network device may be used to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can access the communication system in a wireless manner.
  • the wireless access device may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, and so on.
  • the wireless access equipment can be a base transceiver station (BTS) in CDMA, a base station (nodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolutional node B, eNB or e-station in LTE. NodeB), and may be the corresponding device gNB in the 5G network, the base station in the future communication system, or the access node in the WiFi system, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application differ from the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the wireless access device. Make a limit.
  • the above-mentioned devices that provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices are collectively referred to as wireless access devices.
  • the terminal device may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device may also be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), terminal (terminal), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • terminal terminal
  • a radio access network (RAN) communicates with one or more core network devices.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (or called a cellular phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc.
  • Terminal equipment can also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • the terminal device may also be a mobile phone (mobile phone), subscriber unit (subscriber unit), smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handset), laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminal, etc.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • modem modem
  • handheld device handset
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • machine type communication machine type communication
  • MTC machine type communication
  • network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on airborne aircraft, balloons, and satellites.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • mapping rules of LTE cells for baseband DC signals and the mapping rules of NR cells for baseband DC signals.
  • the downlink signal mapping rule in the frequency domain is that the downlink signal cannot be mapped to the subcarrier corresponding to the direct current (DC) component of the baseband, that is, the downlink When the signal is mapped from the time domain to the frequency domain, the subcarriers corresponding to the DC component are skipped.
  • DC direct current
  • the formula for converting the downlink signal in the time-frequency domain is as shown in formula (1), and the resource mapping diagram of the downlink signal in the frequency domain is shown with reference to FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 3 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of the downlink signal in the LTE system.
  • the basic time unit defined for LTE k is an intermediate variable, which represents the subcarrier sequence number of OFDM modulation, l is the OFDM symbol index, and p is the port number.
  • the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component is a DC component viewed from the perspective of the baseband signal. After up-conversion, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component is directly moved to the frequency of the downlink cell.
  • a symbol (symbol) on a frequency subcarrier and a time domain is referred to as a resource element (resource element, RE). Therefore, as shown in FIG. 3, in the time-frequency domain resource map, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component is called the RE occupied by the DC component.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an up-conversion process of a downlink signal of an LTE cell.
  • the downlink signal is It passes through the separator to Divided into real parts And imaginary part Real The result and the imaginary part after interacting with the mixing signal cos(2 ⁇ f 0 t) The result of the action with the mixing signal -sin(2 ⁇ f 0 t) is superimposed and then filtered by the filter to obtain the modulated data.
  • the downstream signal may be mixed from the mixer into the mixing signal cos(2 ⁇ f 0 ) during the up conversion process. t) and sin(2 ⁇ f 0 t), thereby causing greater interference to the downlink signal, resulting in that the downlink signal is not suitable for modulating data. Therefore, in the LTE system, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component in the downlink signal is not used for modulating data.
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment will work at the same transceiver frequency, and simply reserving the sub-carrier corresponding to the DC component will not cause any problems. .
  • the NR system With the development of network technology, the NR system emerged. Since the NR system took into account the requirements of large bandwidth, multi-subcarrier spacing, and in-band carrier aggregation (CA) in the early design stage, the subcarriers corresponding to the DC component were also Used to modulate data.
  • CA in-band carrier aggregation
  • the formula for converting the downlink signal in the time-frequency domain is as shown in formula (2), and the resource mapping diagram of the downlink signal in the frequency domain is shown in FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 5 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of the downlink signal in the NR system, and the RE occupied by the DC component may also modulate data.
  • the sub-carrier corresponding to the DC component can also modulate the data in order to weaken the concept of the carrier from the perspective of resource mapping, so as to achieve flexible bandwidth configuration between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the terminal device can work in any frequency domain position of the cell carrier.
  • the terminal device A set of radio frequencies can be used to receive multiple cells. Regardless of the scenario, the terminal device does not need to consider where it needs to skip the DC of one or more carriers during resource mapping.
  • part of the spectrum defined by NR is actually the LTE spectrum.
  • operators can deploy NR cells on the existing LTE spectrum and gradually replace LTE cells to achieve network upgrades.
  • LTE cells and NR cells of the same operator will coexist on the same spectrum.
  • the serving cell and neighboring cells may be NR cells and LTE cells, respectively, and the NR cell will When the NR positioning reference signal is sent, the LTE cell will send the LTE PRS.
  • the NR positioning reference signal subcarrier spacing is the same as the LTE PRS subcarrier spacing (that is, 15kHz at the same time)
  • the two can be divided by frequency
  • the multiplexing method avoids interference, as shown in Figure 6. 6 is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of frequency division multiplexing of LTE positioning reference signals and NR positioning reference signals.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of resource mapping of LTE PRS and NR positioning reference signals in the time-frequency domain.
  • Each resource block (resource block, RB) includes 12 consecutive REs in the frequency domain. As shown in Figure 7, the 12 REs are represented as #0 RE to #11 RE, and the resource block RB is called in the time domain. A slot, a subcarrier on the frequency and a symbol on the time domain are called an RE.
  • LTE PRS occupies #0 and #6 RE of each resource block RB in LTE during data modulation.
  • LTE PRS occupies #0 RE and #6 RE of the RB; for the RB with a frequency greater than the corresponding frequency of the LTE DC subcarrier, LTE PRS occupies # of the RB 1 RE and #7 RE. Therefore, in order to ensure that the positioning reference signals of different cells do not collide, the NR cell cannot send NR positioning reference signals on the #0 RE, #1 RE, #6 RE, and #7 RE of each RB. It can only use each RB. Positioning reference signals are sent on 8 resources including #2 RE-#5RE and #8 RE-#11 RE of each RB.
  • the NR cell also adopts the same method as the LTE cell, 2 REs of each RB are used to send positioning reference signals, so that only 4 additional NR cells can be supported for frequency division multiplexing with the LTE cell on one resource block.
  • each LTE cell occupies #0 RE and #6 RE, #2 RE and #8 RE, and #4 RE and #10 RE of each RB in LTE.
  • LTE cells occupying #0 RE and #6 RE of each RB in LTE, and their LTE PRS occupies #0 RE, #1 RE, #6 RE, #7 RE of each RB on the carrier corresponding to NR respectively ;
  • LTE cells occupying #2 RE and #8 RE of each RB in LTE, and their LTE PRS occupies #2 RE, #3 RE, #8 RE, #9 RE of each RB on the carrier corresponding to NR;
  • LTE cells #4RE and #10 occupying each RB in LTE, and their LTE PRS occupies #4 RE, #5 RE, #10 RE, and #11 RE of each RB respectively on the carrier corresponding to NR.
  • the LTE PRSs of the three LTE cells occupy all the REs of each RB on the carrier corresponding to the NR, and can no longer support the frequency division multiplexing of the NR cell with the three LTE cells.
  • each pure LTE cell or pure NR cell only occupies 2 REs of each RB, and can support 6 cells of frequency division multiplexing. Therefore, LTE and NR have different mappings to DC components. The rules will cause the number of frequency division multiplexed cells to be reduced when LTE and NR are deployed in the same frequency band to send positioning reference signals.
  • the serving cell and neighboring cells of the terminal device may come from the NR cell and the LTE cell respectively.
  • the two can send NR PRS and LTE PRS respectively through frequency division multiplexing, so that when the terminal device receives the NR PRS configuration information and LTE PRS configuration information sent by the positioning center, the terminal device
  • the terminal device When determining the frequency domain resource mapping of NR PRS, there is no need to consider the impact of LTE PRS. Therefore, the terminal device can obtain the positioning measurement result after receiving the NR PRS and LTE PRS sent by the NR cell and the LTE cell, and send it to the positioning center, so that the positioning center can locate the terminal device.
  • mapping rules for baseband DC signals in LTE cells are different from the mapping rules for baseband DC signals in NR cells, resulting in the relative number of frequency division multiplexed cells when NR cells and LTE cells are deployed in the same frequency band.
  • a pure LTE cell or a pure NR cell is deployed separately, there is a problem of resource waste.
  • this application provides a frequency domain resource mapping method of PRS.
  • the terminal device receives the auxiliary information sent by the network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and information about the first frequency point.
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources.
  • the point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and the terminal device determines the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the auxiliary information, and receives the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping position.
  • the terminal device can determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the indication of the auxiliary information, which can solve the problem of the reduction of the number of frequency division multiplexed cells when the cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS. problem.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of interaction of Embodiment 1 of a method for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of this application. The method is explained by the information interaction between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the network device may be a wireless access device or a core network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2.
  • the network device may include: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 81 The network device obtains the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS.
  • the first frequency point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network.
  • the cells of each standard network will send a positioning reference signal PRS to the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment is in the cell of the first-standard network and the cell of the second-standard network for explanation, and the standard of the first-standard network is different from the standard of the second-standard network.
  • the cells of the network do not map resources on the baseband subcarriers, and the cells of the second-standard network can map resources on the baseband subcarriers.
  • the system corresponding to the first-standard network may be any of a variety of systems such as LTE system, CDMA system, and WCDMA system
  • the system corresponding to the second-standard network may be a new radio (NR) system.
  • NR new radio
  • the network device may first need to determine the PRS corresponding to the PRS before sending the PRS to the terminal device.
  • Auxiliary information such as configuration information and downlink frequency information of the cell of the first-standard network, so that the network device can determine the frequency resource location in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the auxiliary information on the one hand, and on the other hand
  • the auxiliary information is sent to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can also determine the frequency resource location in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received, so that the resources in the frequency domain can be reasonably used and resource waste can be reduced.
  • the network device may include a second-standard network device and a positioning management function LMF
  • both the second-standard network device and the LMF can obtain PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point.
  • the step 81 can be as follows Possible design and realization:
  • the second-standard network device obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
  • the network device of the second standard can obtain the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
  • Method to obtain the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point may be by sending an obtaining request to the LMF to request the LMF to send it, or receiving the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point automatically synchronized by the LMF.
  • the LMF completes the configuration of the PRS configuration information and the first frequency point.
  • the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point can also be sent to the network device of the second standard.
  • the network device of the second standard can execute the PRS frequency domain resource mapping scheme based on the received PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point through interaction with the terminal device.
  • this step 81 can be as follows Possible design and realization:
  • the LMF obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the information of the first frequency point.
  • the LMF when the network device of the second standard completes the configuration of the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the information of the first frequency point, the LMF can obtain the PRS configuration information configured by the network device of the second standard and the first frequency
  • the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point are obtained by means of point information.
  • the specific acquisition method may be by sending an acquisition request to the second-standard network device to request the second-standard network device to send it, or receiving the PRS configuration information and the first frequency point information automatically synchronized by the second-standard network device.
  • the LMF is determined in the following manner:
  • the terminal device in the communication system where the terminal device is located, if the sub-carrier interval of the PRS sent by the second-standard network device used for positioning is the same as the sub-carrier interval of the PRS sent by the first-standard network device used for positioning , And the PRS sent by the first-standard network device exists in the bandwidth where the PRS sent by the second-standard network device is located, the downlink frequency point of the cell where the first-standard network device is located is used as the first frequency point, and the first The frequency information is configured to the second-standard network device used for positioning.
  • the second-standard network device used for positioning is used to configure the information of the first frequency point, the second-standard network device is determined in the following manner:
  • the second-standard network device can obtain the first frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network through LMF configuration signaling
  • the second-standard network device determines to send the positioning reference signal through a preset method, and when the positioning reference signal meets the following conditions, it determines to determine the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network as the first frequency point, where:
  • the condition is that the subcarrier interval of the PRS sent by the second-standard network device for positioning is the same as the subcarrier interval of the PRS sent by the first-standard network device for positioning, and the PRS sent by the second-standard network device is located
  • the PRS sent by the network device of the first standard exists in the bandwidth of.
  • the subcarrier interval of the PRS is 15 kHz.
  • the cells of the first-standard network include LTE base stations (eNB) and next-generation LTE base stations (ng-eNB), and the LMF configures 5G base station (gNB) signaling for NR positioning protocol annex (NR Positioning Protocol Annex, NRPPa) signaling .
  • eNB LTE base stations
  • ng-eNB next-generation LTE base stations
  • gNB 5G base station
  • gNB 5G base station
  • the embodiment of the information about the first frequency point can be implemented in the following manner:
  • the information of the first frequency point is an absolute radio channel number (absolute ratio frequency channel number, ARFCN) of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • ARFCN absolute radio channel number
  • ARFCN can be used to identify the number of a special radio frequency channel
  • the ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point can be used as the information of the first frequency point to improve the ability of the terminal equipment to identify the first frequency point. .
  • multiple second-standard network cells can share a frequency of the first frequency point, which saves signaling overhead.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning.
  • the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the common resource block (CRB) index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, which is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning ;
  • CRB common resource block
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning.
  • the RE index in the CRB is a preset value.
  • the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
  • the RE index in the CRB where the DC of the downlink carrier of the gNB used for positioning is located for the value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning, for example, the RE index in the CRB where the DC of the downlink carrier of the gNB used for positioning is located.
  • the information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
  • the cell A point is a concept introduced by the second-standard network, and it can be used as a common reference point for all sub-carrier spacing in the cell (for example, RE0 of CRB0).
  • the information of the first frequency point is expressed by the cell used for positioning, which saves the signaling overhead more than the expression using ARFCN.
  • the first The frequency information is expressed in any of the following forms:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, and the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell, where the RE index in the CRB is a preset value, and the preset value Is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell
  • the information of the first frequency point can be applied to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning determine a primary serving cell.
  • the information is related to the information of the primary serving cell.
  • the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index in the primary serving cell and is applicable to multiple cells, which further saves overhead.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the first frequency
  • the point information is expressed in any of the following forms:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell.
  • the RE index in the CRB is a preset value.
  • the set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
  • the information of the first frequency point can be applied to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device.
  • the frequency information is related to the information of the serving cell.
  • the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index of the serving cell of the network device, which not only saves overhead, but also extends any serving cell, which has a wider applicability.
  • the information of the first frequency point can be implemented in any one of the above-mentioned first to third possible implementation modes. If the subject of execution of this step is LMF, the information of the first frequency point can be implemented by the first or third possible implementation manner described above.
  • Step 82 The network device sends auxiliary information to the terminal device.
  • the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point.
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources.
  • the network device may send the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in the form of auxiliary information.
  • the form in which the network device sends the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point can be implemented by one of the following examples:
  • the network device may include the information of the first frequency point in parallel with the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information and send it to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain the first frequency by parsing the received auxiliary information.
  • Point information and PRS configuration information may be included in the network device.
  • the network device sends the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device through an explicit configuration method, so that the terminal device can obtain the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information by analyzing the received auxiliary information.
  • the processing time of the terminal device is improved, and the frequency domain resource mapping efficiency is improved.
  • the network device may first include the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information, then include the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and finally send the auxiliary information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can only obtain the PRS configuration information by analyzing the received auxiliary information, and then can obtain the information of the first frequency point according to the PRS configuration information.
  • auxiliary information is only a name, or other information names, and this application does not limit it.
  • This embodiment only illustrates that the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point are information that needs to be sent to the terminal device through the network device. Even the information of the first frequency point can also be included in the PRS configuration information, and this application does not limit the specific information format or data structure. I won't repeat them below.
  • the cell of the second-standard network has an auxiliary information reference cell or one or
  • the multiple auxiliary information neighboring cells are cells of the first-standard network, and the frequency of the cell of the first-standard network is included in the bandwidth of the positioning reference signal of the second-standard network, and if there are multiple cells of the first network standard ,
  • the cell frequency points are exactly the same, so that the terminal device can determine that the first frequency point is the frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network.
  • the first frequency point is one of earfcnRef and earfcnRef-v9a0.
  • the first frequency point is the primary service The center frequency of the cell.
  • earfcnRef is evolved-universal terrestrial radio access absolute radio frequency channel number reference
  • earfcnRef-v9a0 is the v9a0 version of earfcnRef.
  • the first frequency point is one of earfcn and earfcn-v9a0.
  • the first frequency point is the center of the auxiliary information reference cell Frequency.
  • earfcn is the evolved-universal terrestrial radio access absolute radio frequency channel number (EARFCN)
  • earfcn-v9a0 is the v9a0 version of earfcn.
  • the network device sends the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in an implicit configuration mode, that is, by including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information, and then sends the PRS configuration information through auxiliary information For terminal equipment, this can improve communication security.
  • an implicit configuration mode that is, by including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information
  • auxiliary information For terminal equipment, this can improve communication security.
  • including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information refers to determining the information of the first frequency point through the PRS configuration information. For example, through the configuration information of LTE PRS, the information of the first frequency point can be determined.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the aforementioned auxiliary information may also include the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the frequency offset of the PRS may be used to indicate that the PRS is mapped to the frequency domain on the right side of the first frequency point. The number of subcarriers that need to be offset.
  • the network device may include the frequency offset of the PRS, the information of the first frequency point, and the PRS configuration information in parallel and send it to the terminal device in the auxiliary information, or it may include the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the frequency offset of the PRS can also be included in the information of the first frequency point and the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information Send to the terminal device in the form.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the form in which the network device sends the frequency offset, which can be determined according to the situation.
  • the network device does not send the frequency offset to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device directly according to the subcarrier occupied by the first frequency point on the frequency domain resource Number, offset the RE corresponding to the number of subcarriers.
  • the first frequency point occupies 1 subcarrier on the frequency domain resource (in the time-frequency domain, it is an RE), then when the PRS is mapped to the frequency domain, the frequency is less than the corresponding subcarrier of the first frequency point. Frequency, the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB remains unchanged.
  • the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB is increased by 1, or for frequencies less than this
  • the first frequency point corresponds to the frequency of the subcarrier.
  • the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB is reduced by 1.
  • the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB is not change.
  • the frequency offset may also be predefined by the protocol.
  • the LMF may send the aforementioned auxiliary information to the terminal device through LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) signaling.
  • LTE positioning protocol LTE positioning protocol, LPP
  • the method when the execution subject of this step is LMF, the method can be implemented by using the communication system shown in FIG. 2 above.
  • the second-standard network device may send the above auxiliary information through radio resource control (RRC) protocol signaling To the terminal equipment.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the method when the execution subject of this step is a second-standard network device, the method can be implemented using the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above.
  • the above-mentioned information of the first frequency point may be one or more.
  • information of multiple first frequency points can be indicated.
  • the frequency of NR includes multiple LTE cell frequencies, or when multiple networks with different first standards are included, information on multiple first frequency points may be configured.
  • Step 83 The terminal device determines the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the received auxiliary information.
  • the terminal device may receive auxiliary information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device may receive the foregoing auxiliary information sent by the LMF through LPP signaling, or receive the foregoing auxiliary information sent by the second-standard network device through RRC protocol signaling.
  • the terminal device can obtain the PRS configuration information, the information of the first frequency point, and the frequency offset of the PRS (optional) by analyzing the auxiliary information, and then based on the obtained auxiliary information.
  • the PRS configuration information, the information of the first frequency point, and the frequency offset of the PRS determine the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
  • the terminal device may send a first response message to the network device, where the first response message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the auxiliary information sent by the network device.
  • the network device will receive the first response message sent by the terminal device, thereby determining the aforementioned auxiliary information received by the terminal device.
  • Step 84 The terminal device receives the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location.
  • the second-standard network device determines the auxiliary information including the PRS configuration information, the information of the first frequency point, and the frequency offset of the PRS (optional), it can be determined based on the auxiliary information
  • the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received is output, and the PRS can be sent to the terminal device at the resource mapping position.
  • the terminal device after receiving the auxiliary information, the terminal device will determine the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received based on the auxiliary information. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard by detecting at the resource mapping location.
  • the terminal device may also send a second response message to the second-standard network device, and the second response message may be used to instruct the terminal
  • the device receives the auxiliary information sent by the second-standard network device.
  • the second-standard network device will receive the second response message sent by the terminal device, and then determine according to the second response message that the terminal device has received the PRS sent by it.
  • this step 84 may be introduced based on the record in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 below, and will not be repeated here.
  • the network device obtains the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS.
  • the first frequency point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network
  • the terminal sends auxiliary information
  • the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point
  • the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources
  • the terminal device may determine based on the received auxiliary information
  • the resource mapping position in the frequency domain during PRS transmission and reception, and the PRS sent by the second-standard network device is received at the resource mapping position.
  • the terminal device can accurately determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the received auxiliary information, which solves the problem of the frequency division multiplexing cell when the cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS.
  • the number reduction problem avoids waste of resources.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a PRS frequency domain resource mapping method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • terminal equipment and network equipment can execute the technical solutions of this method respectively.
  • this embodiment since this embodiment is a further description of the foregoing step 83, this embodiment takes the terminal device as the execution subject for explanation. As shown in FIG. 9, the above step 83 can be implemented through the following steps:
  • Step 91 Determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, where the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource location of the first frequency point in the frequency domain.
  • the terminal device after receiving the auxiliary information, the terminal device first parses the first frequency point information, PRS configuration information, and PRS frequency offset from the auxiliary information (optional) .
  • the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning may determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the obtained information of the first frequency point Specifically, both the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning can determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point based on the frequency of the second frequency point, that is, the mapping of the first frequency point in the frequency domain Resource location.
  • the second frequency point is point A of the cell where the second-standard network device is located.
  • the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point It can be expressed by the following formula:
  • the frequency of the first frequency point can be directly obtained from the first frequency point, and the frequency of the second frequency point is the frequency of point A of the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning. For a certain cell of the second-standard network, the frequency of this point A is certain.
  • the terminal device can then determine the frequency of the first frequency point. , The frequency of the second frequency point and 15kHz are brought into the above formula to obtain the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point.
  • Step 92 Determine the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS according to the PRS configuration information in the aforementioned auxiliary information.
  • the first resource index set includes: the CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource RE index in each CRB.
  • the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning may determine the first resource index set Q 1 corresponding to the PRS based on the determined PRS configuration information.
  • the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning first determine based on the PRS configuration information that the CRB index set occupied by the PRS of the second-standard network device is The Indicates that the PRS occupies a total of N CRBs, Represents the i-th CRB occupied by the PRS in the PRS bandwidth of the cell used for positioning; secondly, based on the PRS configuration information, it is determined that the RE index set in each CRB occupied by the PRS is The It means that each CRB occupies a total of K REs, Indicates the i-th RE occupied by the PRS in each CRB.
  • the first resource index set Q 1 corresponding to the PRS can be obtained, that is, the first resource index set Q 1 can be expressed by the following formula:
  • Step 93 According to the target resource index and the first resource index set, determine the second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource.
  • the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain during PRS transmission and reception.
  • the terminal device when the auxiliary information further includes the frequency offset of the PRS, the terminal device also needs to obtain the frequency offset of the PRS from the auxiliary information. Or, when the auxiliary information does not include the frequency offset of the PRS, the terminal device may determine the frequency offset of the PRS according to the number of occupied subcarriers in the frequency domain of the first frequency point.
  • the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning may determine the second resource index set Q 1 and the frequency offset of the PRS in any one of the following ways based on the above determined frequency offset.
  • Resource index set Q 2 may be determined.
  • the second resource index set Q 2 may be implemented in any one of four possible implementation manners.
  • the first possible implementation is as follows:
  • the second possible implementation is as follows:
  • the third possible implementation is as follows:
  • the fourth possible implementation is as follows:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS
  • n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through the first possible implementation manner.
  • FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a second possible implementation manner.
  • FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a third possible implementation manner.
  • FIG. 10D is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a fourth possible implementation manner.
  • the frequency offset of the PRS is 1, that is, the above-mentioned FIGS. 10A to 10D are all described with the frequency offset of the PRS being 1.
  • the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the first possible implementation manner.
  • the network device of the second standard may send the PRS on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS, and correspondingly, the terminal device may also send the PRS on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS Receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard; for the resource index in Q 2 that is greater than or equal to the target resource index, the network device of the second standard needs to shift the frequency of the above PRS to the right on the basis of the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS
  • the PRS is sent on the resource after the offset (n), and correspondingly, the terminal device also needs to shift to the right on the resource after the frequency offset (n) of the above PRS on the basis of the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS.
  • the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the second possible implementation manner.
  • the network device of the second standard needs to shift the frequency offset (n) of the above PRS to the left based on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS
  • the PRS is sent on the resource.
  • the terminal device also needs to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard on the resource after the frequency offset (n) of the above-mentioned PRS on the basis of the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS.
  • the second-standard network device can send the PRS on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS, and accordingly, the terminal device can also receive it on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS The PRS sent by the second-standard network device.
  • the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the third possible implementation manner.
  • the difference between this method and the possible implementation shown in FIG. 10A is that the solution adds overflow protection, that is, the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS in the first resource index set Q 1 is determined.
  • the maximum resource index kmax in so as to ensure that the PRS only falls on the CRB given by the PRS configuration information.
  • the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the fourth possible implementation manner.
  • the difference between this method and the possible implementation shown in FIG. 10B is that the solution adds underflow protection, that is, the smallest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS in the first resource index set Q 1 is determined.
  • the minimum resource index in is k min to ensure that the PRS only falls on the CRB given by the PRS configuration information.
  • the positioning device for the second standard network resource mapping may be set corresponding to the position Q 2 PRS transmits to the terminal device in the second resource index.
  • each element k in Q 2 after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is an RE index relative to the above-mentioned second frequency point
  • the second-standard network device can obtain the RE index by the following formula according to the RE index CRB index n CRB where RE index is located and RE index k CRB in CRB :
  • the terminal device can receive the PRS sent by the terminal device at the resource mapping position corresponding to the second resource index set Q 2 above, and the terminal device can also receive each of Q 2 shifted from the frequency domain resource according to the PRS.
  • the element k determines the CRB index n CRB where the RE index corresponding to the element is located and the RE index k CRB in the CRB .
  • the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point is determined according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the target resource index is used to indicate that the first frequency point is
  • the mapping resource location in the frequency domain determines the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource index set includes: the CRB index occupied by the PRS and the RE index in each CRB,
  • a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received .
  • the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can both accurately determine the second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resources according to the determined first frequency point information and PRS configuration information. It lays the foundation for the subsequent transmission and reception of PRS at a certain location, thereby avoiding the reduction in the number of frequency division multiplexed cells.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the device can be integrated in the terminal device, and can also be implemented by the terminal device.
  • the device may include: a transceiver module 111 and a processing module 112.
  • the transceiver module 111 is configured to receive auxiliary information sent by a network device.
  • the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS and first frequency point information, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the PRS Offset information on frequency domain resources, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
  • the transceiver module 111 is further configured to send a first response message to the network device, where the first response message is used to indicate that the auxiliary information is received;
  • the processing module 112 is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information received by the transceiver module 111, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
  • the transceiver module 111 is further configured to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module 112.
  • the transceiver module 111 is further configured to send a second response message to the network device, where the second response message is used to indicate that the PRS is received.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  • the processing module 112 is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information,
  • the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information.
  • a resource index set includes: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and according to the target resource index and the first resource index set, it is determined that the PRS is in the frequency domain A second resource index set offset on the resource, where the second resource index set is used to indicate a resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is received and received.
  • the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  • the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning.
  • the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB
  • the index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the information of the first frequency point adopts any one of the following A form of representation:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell.
  • the RE index in the CRB is a preset value.
  • the set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the information of the first frequency point adopts any of the following forms Means:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell, and the RE index in the CRB is a preset value ,
  • the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
  • the device in this embodiment can also be used to implement the implementation solutions of the terminal equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 8 and FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a PRS frequency domain resource mapping apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the device can be integrated in the network equipment or realized through the network equipment. As shown in FIG. 12, the device may include: an acquisition module 121 and a transceiver module 122.
  • the obtaining module 121 is configured to obtain information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
  • the transceiver module 122 is configured to send auxiliary information to a terminal device, the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is on frequency domain resources Offset information.
  • the transceiver module 122 is further configured to receive a first response message sent by a terminal device, where the first response message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  • the device further includes: a processing module 123.
  • the processing module 123 is configured to determine the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received according to the auxiliary information;
  • the transceiver module 122 is further configured to send the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module 123.
  • the transceiver module 122 is further configured to receive a second response message sent by the terminal device, where the second response message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the PRS.
  • the processing module 123 is specifically configured to determine a target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the target resource index is used to indicate the The mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, and the first resource index set includes: the PRS occupation The common resource block CRB index and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and the second resource index after the PRS offset on the frequency domain resource is determined according to the target resource index and the first resource index set Set, the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
  • the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
  • Q 2 represents the second resource index set
  • Q 1 represents the first resource index set
  • k represents the resource index in Q 2
  • k 1 is the resource index in Q 1
  • Index for the target resource Is the number of REs in a resource block RB, with Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS, Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  • the device is applied to the second-standard network equipment and the location management function LMF.
  • the obtaining module 121 is specifically configured to obtain the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
  • the transceiver module 122 is further configured to send the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the second-standard network device.
  • the obtaining module 121 is specifically configured to obtain PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and information of the first frequency point.
  • the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning.
  • the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB
  • the index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the information of the first frequency point adopts any one of the following A form of representation:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  • the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell.
  • the RE index in the CRB is a preset value.
  • the set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell
  • the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the information of the first frequency point adopts any of the following forms Means:
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
  • the information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell, and the RE index in the CRB is a preset value ,
  • the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
  • the first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point
  • the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
  • the device in this embodiment can be used to implement the implementation scheme of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • the specific implementation manner and technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • modules of the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated.
  • modules can all be implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some modules can be implemented in the form of calling software by processing elements, and some of the modules can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • the processing module may be a separately established processing element, or it may be integrated in a chip of the above-mentioned device for implementation.
  • it may also be stored in the memory of the above-mentioned device in the form of program code, and a certain processing element of the above-mentioned device Call and execute the functions of the above processing module.
  • the implementation of other modules is similar.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above modules can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor element or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above modules may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), etc.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call program codes.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a readable storage medium, or transmitted from one readable storage medium to another readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a wired (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the device can be integrated in the terminal device, and can also be implemented by the terminal device.
  • the aforementioned transceiver module 111 may be a transmitter and receiver, and the transceiver constitutes a communication interface.
  • the device may include: a processor 131, a memory 132, a communication interface 133, and a system bus 134.
  • the memory 132 and the communication interface 133 are connected to the processor 131 through the system bus 134 and To complete the communication between each other, the memory 132 is used to store computer-executed instructions, the communication interface 133 is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor 131 executes the computer-executed instructions as shown in Figures 8 and 9 The implementation scheme of terminal equipment in the method embodiment is shown.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the device can be integrated in the network equipment or realized through the network equipment.
  • the aforementioned transceiver module 122 may be a transmitter and receiver, and the transceiver constitutes a communication interface.
  • the device may include: a processor 141, a memory 142, a communication interface 143, and a system bus 144.
  • the memory 142 and the communication interface 143 are connected to the processor 141 through the system bus 144 and To complete mutual communication, the memory 142 is used to store computer-executed instructions, the communication interface 143 is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor 141 executes the computer-executed instructions as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 The implementation scheme of the network equipment in the method embodiment is shown.
  • the system bus mentioned in FIG. 13 or FIG. 14 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the system bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in the figure, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the communication interface is used to realize the communication between the database access device and other devices (such as client, read-write library and read-only library).
  • the memory may include random access memory (RAM), and may also include non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk memory.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit CPU, a network processor (NP), etc.; it can also be a digital signal processor DSP, an application specific integrated circuit ASIC, a field programmable gate array FPGA or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • a general-purpose processor including a central processing unit CPU, a network processor (NP), etc.; it can also be a digital signal processor DSP, an application specific integrated circuit ASIC, a field programmable gate array FPGA or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions in the storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the terminal in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. The realization scheme of the equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium, which stores instructions in the storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 above.
  • the realization scheme is described below.
  • the aforementioned processor 131 and memory 132 may also be integrated in an application specific integrated circuit, and the integrated circuit may further include a communication interface 133.
  • the application specific integrated circuit can be a processing chip or a processing circuit.
  • the communication interface 133 may be a communication interface including wireless transmission and reception, or an interface for digital signals input after processing the received wireless signals by other processing circuits, and may also be a software or hardware interface for communicating with other modules.
  • the memory stores code and data, and the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor runs the code in the memory to make the chip execute the implementation scheme of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • the aforementioned processor 141 and memory 142 may also be integrated in an application specific integrated circuit, and the integrated circuit may further include a communication interface 143.
  • the application specific integrated circuit can be a processing chip or a processing circuit.
  • the communication interface 143 may be a communication interface including wireless transceiving, or a digital signal input after processing the received wireless signal through other processing circuits, or a software or hardware interface for communicating with other modules.
  • the memory stores code and data, the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor runs the code in the memory to make the chip execute the implementation scheme of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a program product, the program product includes a computer program, the computer program is stored in a storage medium, at least one processor can read the computer program from the storage medium, and the at least one When the processor executes the computer program, the implementation scheme of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 can be realized.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a program product, the program product includes a computer program, the computer program is stored in a storage medium, at least one processor can read the computer program from the storage medium, and the at least one When the processor executes the computer program, the implementation scheme of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 can be realized.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system may include: a terminal device 151, a second-standard network device 152, an LMF 153, and a first-standard network device 154.
  • the second-standard network device 152, the LMF 153, and the first-standard network device 154 can all communicate with the terminal device 151 wirelessly, and the second-standard network device 152 and the first-standard network device 154 can also communicate with the LMF 153 wirelessly.
  • the terminal device 151 may be the frequency domain resource mapping device of the PRS in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 13; the second-standard network device 152 and the LMF 153 may be the device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 or FIG. PRS frequency domain resource mapping device.
  • the terminal device 151 may receive the auxiliary information sent by the second-standard network device 152 and the LMF 153, and determine the auxiliary information based on the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS in the auxiliary information and the information of the first frequency point.
  • the resource mapping position in the frequency domain during PRS transmission and reception; the second-standard network device 152 and LMF 153 can obtain the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS, and send the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS to the terminal device And the auxiliary information of the first frequency point.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, both A and B exist, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship; in the formula, the character “/” indicates that the associated objects before and after are in a “division” relationship.
  • “The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple One.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be implemented in this application.
  • the implementation process of the example constitutes any limitation.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in embodiments of the present application are a PRS frequency domain resource mapping method and apparatus, and a storage medium, which are used to solve the problem of the coordination of reference signal resources between networks having different standards when cells of the networks having different standards deploy and send PRSs in the same frequency band. The method comprises: a network device acquiring information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a PRS, and sending the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS to a terminal device by means of auxiliary information; according to the received auxiliary information, the terminal device determining the resource mapping position of the PRS on the frequency domain during reception and sending, and, on the resource mapping position, receiving a PRS sent by a network device having a second standard.

Description

PRS的频域资源映射方法、装置及存储介质PRS frequency domain resource mapping method, device and storage medium
本申请要求于2019年03月07日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910172085.4、申请名称为“PRS的频域资源映射方法、装置及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on March 07, 2019, the application number is 201910172085.4, and the application name is "PRS frequency domain resource mapping method, device and storage medium", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference Incorporated in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种PRS的频域资源映射方法、装置及存储介质。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and storage medium for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的不断发展,终端与网络节点之间的通信已成为一种常见的设备间通信。网络节点对终端进行定位,或者终端请求位置服务以实现特定的应用越来越重要。在第五代移动通信(5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems,5G)中,新空口(new radio,NR)对定位精度的要求将更高。和传统长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统相似,5G系统也将采用定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)来对终端进行定位。With the continuous development of communication technology, communication between terminals and network nodes has become a common communication between devices. It is more and more important for the network node to locate the terminal, or for the terminal to request location services to implement specific applications. In the fifth generation of mobile communications (5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems, 5G), the new radio (NR) will have higher requirements for positioning accuracy. Similar to the traditional long term evolution (LTE) system, the 5G system will also use positioning reference signals (positioning reference signals, PRS) to locate terminals.
对5G系统,运营商可以在现有LTE系统的频谱上部署新空口(new radio,NR)系统的小区,并逐渐替换掉LTE的小区,以实现网络的升级。因而,在一段较长时间内,同一个运营商的LTE小区和NR小区会在同一段频谱上共存。For 5G systems, operators can deploy cells of the new radio (NR) system on the spectrum of the existing LTE system, and gradually replace the cells of LTE to achieve network upgrades. Therefore, for a long period of time, LTE cells and NR cells of the same operator will coexist on the same spectrum.
现有技术中,由于LTE小区和NR小区的这种共存,造成了LTE系统和NR系统之间的资源协调问题。In the prior art, due to the coexistence of the LTE cell and the NR cell, a resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system is caused.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种PRS的频域资源映射方法、装置及存储介质,以解决LTE系统和NR系统之间的资源协调问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a method, device, and storage medium for frequency domain resource mapping of PRS to solve the resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system.
本申请第一方面提供一种PRS的频域资源映射方法,适用于终端设备,该方法包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的辅助信息,该辅助信息包括:PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,该辅助信息用于指示该PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息,该第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点,根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,以及在所述资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的所述PRS。The first aspect of this application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping method, which is suitable for terminal equipment. The method includes: the terminal equipment receives auxiliary information sent by the network device, the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the first frequency Point information, the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources, the first frequency point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and the PRS transceiver is determined according to the auxiliary information The resource mapping position in the time and frequency domain, and receiving the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping position.
在本实施例中,终端设备可以基于接收到的辅助信息准确的确定出定位参考信号偏移后的资源映射位置,解决了不同制式网络的小区同频带部署发送PRS时可频分复用小区的个数减少的问题,避免了资源浪费,解决了LTE系统和NR系统之间的资源协调问题。In this embodiment, the terminal device can accurately determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the received auxiliary information, which solves the problem of frequency division multiplexing when cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS. The problem of number reduction avoids resource waste and solves the resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system.
在本实施例中,网络设备可以通过显式配置方式将第一频点的信息发送给终端设备,这样终端设备通过解析接收到的辅助信息便可以得到第一频点的信息与PRS配置信息,减少了终端设备的处理时间,提高了频域资源映射效率。In this embodiment, the network device can send the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in an explicit configuration mode, so that the terminal device can obtain the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information by analyzing the received auxiliary information. The processing time of the terminal equipment is reduced, and the frequency domain resource mapping efficiency is improved.
在第一方面的一种可能设计中,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。In a possible design of the first aspect, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
在本实施例中,该PRS的频率偏移量可以用于指示PRS映射到频域上时在第一频点的右侧需要偏移的子载波数量,这样终端设备可以直接确定出PRS的频率偏移量,减少了处理时间。In this embodiment, the frequency offset of the PRS can be used to indicate the number of subcarriers that need to be offset to the right of the first frequency point when the PRS is mapped to the frequency domain, so that the terminal device can directly determine the frequency of the PRS The offset reduces the processing time.
在第一方面的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。In another possible design of the first aspect, the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
在本实施例中,网络设备通过隐式配置方式将第一频点的信息发送给终端设备,即通过将第一频点的信息包含在PRS配置信息中,再将PRS配置信息通过辅助信息发送给终端设备,这样可以提高通信安全性。该实现方式中不需要显式配置第一频点的信息,比显示配置第一频点的信息的方式节省了信令开销。In this embodiment, the network device sends the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in an implicit configuration mode, that is, by including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information, and then sends the PRS configuration information through auxiliary information For terminal equipment, this can improve communication security. In this implementation manner, there is no need to explicitly configure the information of the first frequency point, which saves signaling overhead compared to the manner of displaying the information of the first frequency point.
在第一方面的再一种可能设计中,所述根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,包括:In still another possible design of the first aspect, the determining, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received includes:
根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置;Determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, where the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain ;
根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引;According to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, a first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, the first resource index set including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resources in each CRB Element RE index;
根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。According to the target resource index and the first resource index set, a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate when the PRS is receiving and transmitting The resource mapping position in the frequency domain.
在本实施例中,用于定位的第二制式网络设备和终端设备均可以根据确定的第一频点的信息和PRS配置信息准确确定PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,为后续在确定的位置收发PRS奠定了基础,从而避免了可频分复用的小区个数减少。In this embodiment, the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can both accurately determine the second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resources according to the determined first frequency point information and PRS configuration information. This lays the foundation for the subsequent PRS transmission and reception at a certain location, thereby avoiding the reduction of the number of frequency division multiplexed cells.
可选的,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:Optionally, the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000001
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000001
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000002
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000002
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000004
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000003
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000004
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000005
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000006
其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000007
为所述目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000009
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000011
分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000012
表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000007
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000009
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000010
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000011
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000012
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
在本实施例中,第二资源索引集合可以通过多种可能实现方式实现,终端设备和网络设备可以在第二资源索引集合对应的资源映射位置上收发PRS,解决了LTE系统和NR系统之间的资源协调问题。In this embodiment, the second resource index set can be implemented in a variety of possible implementation manners. The terminal equipment and network equipment can transmit and receive PRS at the resource mapping position corresponding to the second resource index set, which solves the problem of communication between the LTE system and the NR system. Resource coordination issues.
在第一方面的又一种可能设计中,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。In yet another possible design of the first aspect, the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
本申请第二方面提供一种PRS的频域资源映射方法,适用于网络设备,该方法包括:网络设备获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点,向终端设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息。The second aspect of the present application provides a method for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS, which is suitable for network equipment. The method includes: the network equipment obtains information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, and the first frequency The point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and auxiliary information is sent to the terminal device. The auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the PRS offset information on frequency domain resources.
在本实施例中,网络设备通过将第一频点的信息和PRS对应的PRS配置信息发送给终端设备,这样终端设备可以基于接收到的辅助信息准确的确定出定位参考信号偏移后的资源映射位置,解决了不同制式网络的小区同频带部署发送PRS时可频分复用小区的个数减少的问题,避免了资源浪费,解决了LTE系统和NR系统之间的资源协调问题。In this embodiment, the network device sends the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can accurately determine the resource after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the received auxiliary information The mapping position solves the problem of reducing the number of frequency division multiplexed cells when cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to send PRS, avoiding resource waste, and solving the resource coordination problem between the LTE system and the NR system.
在第二方面的一种可能设计中,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。In a possible design of the second aspect, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
在第二方面的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。In another possible design of the second aspect, the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
在第二方面的再一种可能设计中,所述方法还包括:In yet another possible design of the second aspect, the method further includes:
根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;Determine, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
在所述资源映射位置上向所述终端设备发送所述PRS。Sending the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping position.
在第二方面的上述可能设计中,所述根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,包括:In the foregoing possible design of the second aspect, the determining, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received includes:
根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置;Determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, where the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain ;
根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引;According to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, a first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, the first resource index set including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resources in each CRB Element RE index;
根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。According to the target resource index and the first resource index set, a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate when the PRS is receiving and transmitting The resource mapping position in the frequency domain.
可选的,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:Optionally, the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000013
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000013
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000014
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000014
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000016
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000015
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000016
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000017
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000018
其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000019
为所述目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000021
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000023
分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000024
表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000019
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000021
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000022
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000023
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000024
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
在第二方面的又一种可能设计中,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。In another possible design of the second aspect, the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
在第二方面的又一种可能设计中,所述获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,包括:In yet another possible design of the second aspect, the acquiring the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS includes:
所述第二制式网络设备获取所述LMF配置的所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The second-standard network device acquires the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
在第二方面的又一种可能设计中,所述方法还包括:In yet another possible design of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述LMF向所述第二制式网络设备发送所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The LMF sends the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the second-standard network device.
在第二方面的又一种可能设计中,所述获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,包括:In yet another possible design of the second aspect, the acquiring the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS includes:
所述LMF获取所述第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The LMF obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the information of the first frequency point.
关于第二方面中各可能设计未详尽的有益技术效果可以参见第一方面中记载,此处不再赘述。For the beneficial technical effects of each possible design in the second aspect that are not exhaustive, please refer to the record in the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
本申请第三方面提供一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,包括:收发模块和处理模块;A third aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including: a transceiver module and a processing module;
所述收发模块,用于接收网络设备发送的辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;The transceiver module is configured to receive auxiliary information sent by a network device, the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is in frequency Offset information on domain resources, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
所述处理模块,用于根据所述收发模块接收到的所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;The processing module is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information received by the transceiver module, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
所述收发模块,还用于在所述处理模块确定的所述资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的所述PRS。The transceiver module is further configured to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module.
在第三方面的一种可能设计中,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。In a possible design of the third aspect, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
在第三方面的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。In another possible design of the third aspect, the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
在第三方面的再一种可能设计中,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引,以及根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。In another possible design of the third aspect, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the The target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource The index set includes: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and according to the target resource index and the first resource index set, it is determined that the PRS is on the frequency domain resource An offset second resource index set, where the second resource index set is used to indicate a resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is received and received.
可选的,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:Optionally, the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000025
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000025
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000026
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000026
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000028
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000027
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000028
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000029
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000030
其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000031
为所述目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000033
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000035
分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000036
表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000031
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000033
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000034
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000035
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000036
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
在第三方面的又一种可能设计中,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。In another possible design of the third aspect, the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
本申请第四方面提供一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,包括:获取模块和收发模块;The fourth aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including: an acquisition module and a transceiver module;
所述获取模块,用于获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;The acquiring module is configured to acquire information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息。The transceiver module is configured to send auxiliary information to a terminal device, the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is on frequency domain resources Offset information.
在第四方面的一种可能设计中,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。In a possible design of the fourth aspect, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
在第四方面的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。In another possible design of the fourth aspect, the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
在第四方面的再一种可能设计中,所述装置还包括:处理模块;In still another possible design of the fourth aspect, the device further includes: a processing module;
所述处理模块,用于根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;The processing module is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
所述收发模块,还用于在所述处理模块确定的所述资源映射位置上向所述终端设备发送所述PRS。The transceiver module is further configured to send the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module.
在第四方面的上述可能设计中,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引,以及根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。In the foregoing possible design of the fourth aspect, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the target resource The index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource index set Including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and determining the offset of the PRS on the frequency domain resource according to the target resource index and the first resource index set The latter second resource index set, where the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
可选的,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:Optionally, the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000037
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000037
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000038
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000038
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000040
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000039
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000040
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000041
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000041
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000042
其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000043
为所述目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000045
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000047
分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000048
表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000043
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000045
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000046
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000047
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000048
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
在第四方面的又一种可能设计中,所述装置应用于第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。In yet another possible design of the fourth aspect, the device is applied to a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
在第四方面的又一种可能设计中,所述装置应用于所述第二制式网络设备时,所述获 取模块,具体用于获取所述LMF配置的所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。In yet another possible design of the fourth aspect, when the apparatus is applied to the network equipment of the second standard, the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain the PRS configuration information and the first configuration information of the LMF configuration. Frequency information.
在第四方面的又一种可能设计中,所述装置应用于所述LMF时,所述收发模块,还用于向所述第二制式网络设备发送所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。In another possible design of the fourth aspect, when the device is applied to the LMF, the transceiver module is further configured to send the PRS configuration information and the first frequency to the second-standard network device Point of information.
在第四方面的又一种可能设计中,所述装置应用于所述LMF时,所述获取模块,具体用于获取所述第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。In another possible design of the fourth aspect, when the apparatus is applied to the LMF, the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the first frequency point Information.
关于第三方面和第四方面中各可能设计未详尽的有益技术效果可以参见第一方面和第二方面中的记载,此处不再赘述。For the beneficial technical effects of the third aspect and the fourth aspect that are not detailed in the possible designs, please refer to the records in the first aspect and the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,在第一方面至第四方面的一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。Optionally, in a possible design of the first to fourth aspects, the information of the first frequency point is the absolute radio channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
在本申请实施例中,由于ARFCN可以用来鉴别特殊射频通道的编号,所以,将第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的ARFCN作为第一频点的信息可以提高终端设备的鉴别该第一频点的能力。这样多个第二制式网络小区可以共享一个第一频点的频率,节省了信令开销。In the embodiment of this application, since ARFCN can be used to identify the number of a special radio frequency channel, using the ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point as the information of the first frequency point can improve the identification of terminal equipment The ability of this first frequency point. In this way, multiple second-standard network cells can share a frequency of the first frequency point, which saves signaling overhead.
在第一方面至第四方面的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,或者,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区。In another possible design of the first to fourth aspects, the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning Of the cell.
可选的,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区时,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Optionally, when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point may be expressed in any of the following forms:
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的公共资源块CRB索引以及所述CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述用于定位的小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB The index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述用于定位的小区的A点。The information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
在本实施例中,通过用于定位的小区来表示第一频点的信息,相对于使用ARFCN表示,更加节省信令开销。In this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is expressed by the cell used for positioning, which saves the signaling overhead more than the expression using ARFCN.
可选的,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且该多个用于定位的小区中有一个为主服务小区,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Optionally, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the information of the first frequency point adopts any one of the following A form of representation:
所述第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于该主服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,该CRB索引对应的CRB位于主服务小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,该预置数值为预设固定值或基于该主服务小区的信息确定的值;The first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point. The CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell. The RE index in the CRB is a preset value. The set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述主服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell.
在本实施例中,第一频点的信息通过主服务小区内的索引表示且适用于多个小区,进一步节省了开销。In this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index in the primary serving cell and is applicable to multiple cells, which further saves overhead.
可选的,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且多个用于定位的小区包括该网络设备的服务小区,该第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Optionally, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the information of the first frequency point adopts any of the following forms Means:
所述第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为该第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于该服务小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述服务小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell, and the RE index in the CRB is a preset value , The preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
在本实施例中,第一频点的信息通过网络设备的该服务小区的索引表示,不仅可以节省开销,而且可以扩展任意的服务小区,适用性更广泛。In this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index of the serving cell of the network device, which not only saves overhead, but also extends any serving cell, which has a wider applicability.
本申请第五方面提供一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现如上述第一方面以及第一方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The fifth aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor. The processor executes the program as follows: The methods described in the above first aspect and various possible designs of the first aspect.
本申请第六方面提供一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现如上述第二方面以及第二方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The sixth aspect of the present application provides a PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor. When the processor executes the program, the implementation is as follows The methods described in the above second aspect and various possible designs of the second aspect.
本申请第七方面提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第一方面以及第一方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The seventh aspect of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions in the storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the first aspect and various possible designs of the first aspect .
本申请第八方面提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第二方面以及第二方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The eighth aspect of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions in the storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above second aspect and various possible designs of the second aspect .
本申请第九方面提供一种包含指令的程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面以及第一方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The ninth aspect of the present application provides a program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the first aspect and various possible designs of the first aspect.
本申请第十方面提供一种包含指令的程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面以及第二方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The tenth aspect of the present application provides a program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the second aspect and various possible designs of the second aspect.
本申请第十一方面提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括存储器、处理器,存储器中存储代码和数据,存储器与所述处理器耦合,处理器运行存储器中的代码使得芯片用于执行上述第一方面以及第一方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。The eleventh aspect of the present application provides a chip that includes a memory and a processor. The memory stores code and data. The memory is coupled to the processor. The processor runs the code in the memory so that the chip is used to execute the first Aspects and the methods described in the various possible designs of the first aspect.
本申请第十二方面提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括存储器、处理器,存储器中存储代码和数据,存储器与所述处理器耦合,处理器运行存储器中的代码使得芯片用于执行上述第二方面以及第二方面各种可能的设计中所述的方法。A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a chip. The chip includes a memory and a processor. The memory stores code and data. The memory is coupled to the processor. The processor runs the code in the memory so that the chip is used to execute the second Aspect and the methods described in the various possible designs of the second aspect.
本申请第十三方面提供一种通信系统,包括:终端设备、第二制式网络设备、LMF和第一制式网络设备;A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, including: terminal equipment, second-standard network equipment, LMF, and first-standard network equipment;
所述终端设备为上述第三方面以及第三方面各种可能设计中所述的装置;The terminal device is the device described in the third aspect and various possible designs of the third aspect;
所述第二制式网络设备和所述LMF为上述第四方面以及第四方面各种可能设计中所 述的装置。The second-standard network equipment and the LMF are the devices described in the fourth aspect and various possible designs of the fourth aspect.
本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法、装置及存储介质,网络设备获取第一频点的信息和PRS对应的PRS配置信息,并将第一频点的信息和PRS对应的PRS配置信息通过辅助信息发送给终端设备,终端设备根据接收到的辅助信息,确定该PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,并在该资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS,即终端设备可以基于辅助信息的指示确定出定位参考信号偏移后的资源映射位置,解决了不同制式网络的小区同频带部署发送PRS时可频分复用小区的个数减少的问题,也即,解决了LTE系统和NR系统之间的资源协调问题。According to the method, device and storage medium for frequency domain resource mapping of PRS provided by the embodiments of the present application, the network device obtains the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS, and configures the information of the first frequency point and the PRS corresponding to the PRS The information is sent to the terminal device through the auxiliary information. The terminal device determines the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the received auxiliary information, and receives the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping position, that is, The terminal device can determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the indication of the auxiliary information, which solves the problem of reducing the number of frequency division multiplexed cells when cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS, that is, The problem of resource coordination between the LTE system and the NR system is solved.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为LTE系统中的下行信号调制后在频域上的资源映射图;Figure 3 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of a downlink signal in an LTE system;
图4为LTE小区的下行信号的上变频过程示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of an up-conversion process of a downlink signal of an LTE cell;
图5为NR系统中的下行信号调制后在频域上的资源映射图;Figure 5 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of the downlink signal in the NR system;
图6为LTE定位参考信号与NR定位参考信号频分复用的资源分布示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of frequency division multiplexing of LTE positioning reference signals and NR positioning reference signals;
图7为LTE的PRS与NR的定位参考信号在时频域上的资源映射示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of resource mapping of LTE PRS and NR positioning reference signals in the time-frequency domain;
图8为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法实施例一的交互示意图;FIG. 8 is an interaction schematic diagram of Embodiment 1 of a method for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法实施例二的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
图10A为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第一种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图;10A is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of a first resource index set and a second resource index set through a first possible implementation manner;
图10B为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第二种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图;10B is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a second possible implementation manner;
图10C为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第三种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图;FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a third possible implementation manner;
图10D为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第四种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图;10D is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a fourth possible implementation manner;
图11为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例一的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例二的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a PRS frequency domain resource mapping apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例三的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例四的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of PRS according to an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信系统实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解:Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application are explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art:
AMF:接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)的主要功能包含:连接管理、移动性管理、注册管理、接入认证和授权、可达性管理、安全上下文管理等接入和移动性相关的功能。AMF: Access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) The main functions include: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management, etc. access Functions related to mobility.
LMF:定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)是一种部署在核心网中为终端设备提供定位功能的装置或组件。LMF: Location Management Function (LMF) is a device or component that is deployed in the core network to provide a location function for terminal equipment.
LMC:定位管理组件(location management component,LMC)是LMF的部分功能组件,其可以集成在下一代无线接入网(next-generation radio access network,NG-RAN)侧的第二制式网络的基站(例如,5G基站(gNodeB,gNB))上。LMC: The location management component (LMC) is a part of the functional components of the LMF, which can be integrated in the base station of the second-standard network on the next-generation radio access network (NG-RAN) side. For example, 5G base station (gNodeB, gNB)).
本申请下述各实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法,可适用于通信系统中。图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括终端设备11和网络设备。示例性的,在图1所示的通信系统中,该网络设备可以包括位于无线接入网12内的无线接入设备和位于核心网13内的核心网设备。The frequency domain resource mapping method of PRS provided in the following embodiments of the present application can be applied to a communication system. FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Fig. 1, the communication system may include a terminal device 11 and a network device. Exemplarily, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1, the network device may include a wireless access device located in the wireless access network 12 and a core network device located in the core network 13.
示例性的,在图1所示的实施例中,核心网13内的核心网设备可以分为具有AMF功能与LMF功能的部件,AMF可以实现网关等功能,LMF可以实现定位中心等功能,AMF与LMF可以进行通信,例如,AMF与LMF之间可以通过NLs接口连接。Exemplarily, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the core network equipment in the core network 13 can be divided into components with AMF and LMF functions. AMF can implement functions such as gateways, LMF can implement functions such as positioning centers, and AMF It can communicate with LMF. For example, AMF and LMF can be connected through an NLs interface.
示例性的,核心网13中还可能包含与LMF连接的增强的服务移动定位中心(enhanced serving mobile location centre,E-SMLC)和/或安全用户面定位平台(SUPL(secure user plane location)location platform,SLP),其中,E-SMLC为负责控制面定位的实体,用于通过获得测量和其他定位信息以管理目标设备的定位,SLP为负责用户面定位的SUPL实体。Exemplarily, the core network 13 may also include an enhanced serving mobile location center (E-SMLC) connected to the LMF and/or a secure user plane location platform (SUPL (secure user plane location) location platform). , SLP), where E-SMLC is the entity responsible for control plane positioning and is used to manage the positioning of the target device by obtaining measurement and other positioning information, and SLP is the SUPL entity responsible for user plane positioning.
示例性的,无线接入设备可以包括一个或多个第一制式网络的设备和第二制式网络的设备。在图1所示的实施例中,第一制式网络的设备可以为下一代LTE基站(Next-generation eNodeB,ng-eNB),例如,为接入5G核心网的LTE基站,该ng-eNB中可以具有传输点(transmission point,TP)和接收点(receiving point,RP)。该第二制式网络的设备可以为5G基站(gNodeB,gNB),即为接入5G核心网的5G基站。其中,该gNB是一种部署在无线接入网中满足5G标准的为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。Exemplarily, the wireless access device may include one or more devices of a first-standard network and devices of a second-standard network. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the equipment of the first-standard network may be a next-generation LTE base station (Next-generation eNodeB, ng-eNB), for example, an LTE base station accessing a 5G core network, and the ng-eNB It may have a transmission point (TP) and a receiving point (receiving point, RP). The equipment of the second-standard network may be a 5G base station (gNodeB, gNB), that is, a 5G base station that accesses a 5G core network. Among them, the gNB is a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and meets the 5G standard and provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment.
示例性的,该终端设备11可以包括一个或多个用户设备(user equipment,UE)。无线接入设备可以通过经由AMF接入到核心网13中,例如,ng-eNB和gNB分别通过NG-C接口经由AMF接入到核心网13中,终端设备11通过无线接入设备接入到无线接入网12中,例如,终端设备11通过LTE空中接口(LTE-Uu)经由ng-eNB接入到无线接入网中,通过NR空中接口(NR-Uu)经由gNB接入到无线接入网12中。Exemplarily, the terminal device 11 may include one or more user equipment (user equipment, UE). The wireless access device can access to the core network 13 via AMF. For example, the ng-eNB and gNB can access to the core network 13 via the AMF via the NG-C interface, and the terminal device 11 can access to the core network 13 via the wireless access device. In the radio access network 12, for example, the terminal device 11 accesses the radio access network via the ng-eNB through the LTE air interface (LTE-Uu), and accesses the radio access network via the gNB via the NR air interface (NR-Uu). Into the network 12.
示例性的,图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的结构示意图。如图2所示,该通信系统与图1所示通信系统的区别在于,第二制式网络的设备包含LMC,该LMC可以承担一部分LMF的功能。示例性的,参照图2所示,该gNB中具有TP、RP和LMC。这样,在实际应用中,在实现这部分LMF功能时,第二制式网络的设备不需要经由AMF接入核心网,从而降低了信令的时延和避免终端位置暴露在公网上。Exemplarily, FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 2, the difference between this communication system and the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is that the equipment of the second-standard network includes an LMC, and the LMC can assume part of the functions of the LMF. Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 2, the gNB has TP, RP, and LMC. In this way, in actual applications, when implementing this part of the LMF function, the equipment of the second-standard network does not need to access the core network via the AMF, thereby reducing the signaling delay and avoiding the terminal location from being exposed on the public network.
图2所示通信系统包括的各部件与图1所示通信系统中的类似,关于图2所示实施例中未详尽的描述可以参见上述图1所示实施例中的记载,此处不再赘述。The components included in the communication system shown in FIG. 2 are similar to those in the communication system shown in FIG. 1. For a detailed description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, reference may be made to the record in the embodiment shown in FIG. Repeat.
示例性的,如图1和图2所示,终端设备11通过无线的方式与无线接入设备相连,无线接入设备通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。在一实施例中,核心网设备与无线接入设备可以是两个独立的不同物理设备。在另一实施例中,核心网设备的功能与无线接入设备的逻辑功能也可以集成在同一个物理设备上。在再一实施例中,一个物理设备上还可以仅集成了核心网设备的部分功能和无线接入设备的部分功能。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the terminal device 11 is connected to the wireless access device in a wireless manner, and the wireless access device is connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner. In an embodiment, the core network device and the wireless access device may be two independent different physical devices. In another embodiment, the function of the core network device and the logical function of the wireless access device may also be integrated on the same physical device. In still another embodiment, only part of the functions of the core network device and part of the functions of the wireless access device may be integrated on one physical device.
可选的,图1和图2所示的可以包括单个或多个第二制式网络的设备、单个或多个终端设备。每个第二制式网络的设备可以向单个或多个终端设备传输数据或控制信令。多个第二制式网络的设备也可以同时为每个终端设备传输数据或控制信令。本申请实施例对通信系统中包括的核心网设备、无线接入设备和终端设备的数量不做限定,其可以根据实际情况设定。Optionally, the devices shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 may include single or multiple second-standard network devices, single or multiple terminal devices. Each second-standard network device can transmit data or control signaling to a single or multiple terminal devices. Multiple second-standard network devices can also simultaneously transmit data or control signaling for each terminal device. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the number of core network devices, wireless access devices, and terminal devices included in the communication system, which can be set according to actual conditions.
可以理解的是,图1和图2所示的通信系统只是示意图,实际上,该通信系统中还可以包括其它设备,例如,无线中继设备和无线回传设备,或者网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。It is understandable that the communication systems shown in Figures 1 and 2 are only schematic diagrams. In fact, the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices, or network controllers, mobile management Entities and other network entities, the embodiment of this application is not limited to this.
示例性的,本申请实施例所应用的通信系统可以为全球移动通讯(global system for mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS),及其他应用正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)技术的无线通信系统等。本申请实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。Exemplarily, the communication system applied in the embodiment of the present application may be a global system for mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division multiple access (wideband) system. code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), general mobile communication system (Universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), and other wireless communication systems using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technology. The system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备中的无线接入设备可以用于为终端设备提供无线通信功能,使得终端设备通过无线方式接入到该通信系统中。该无线接入设备可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点等。该无线接入设备可以是CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(nodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB或e-NodeB),以及可以是5G网络中对应的设备gNB、未来通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等,本申请的实施例对无线接入设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为方便描述,本申请所有实施例中,上述为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置统称为无线接入设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless access device in the network device may be used to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can access the communication system in a wireless manner. The wireless access device may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, and so on. The wireless access equipment can be a base transceiver station (BTS) in CDMA, a base station (nodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolutional node B, eNB or e-station in LTE. NodeB), and may be the corresponding device gNB in the 5G network, the base station in the future communication system, or the access node in the WiFi system, etc. The embodiments of this application differ from the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the wireless access device. Make a limit. For ease of description, in all the embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned devices that provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices are collectively referred to as wireless access devices.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。可选的,该终端设备也可称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、终端(terminal)等,该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网设备进行通信,例如,终端设备可以是移动电话(或称为蜂窝电话(cellular phone))、具有移动终端的计算机等,例如,终端设备还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。具体的,终端设备还可以是手机(mobile phone)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、便携式电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端等等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Exemplarily, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem. Optionally, the terminal device may also be called user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), terminal (terminal), etc., and the terminal device may be A radio access network (RAN) communicates with one or more core network devices. For example, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (or called a cellular phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc. , Terminal equipment can also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network. Specifically, the terminal device may also be a mobile phone (mobile phone), subscriber unit (subscriber unit), smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handset), laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC) terminal, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
可选的,网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也 可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对网络设备和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。Optionally, network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on airborne aircraft, balloons, and satellites. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the application scenarios of network equipment and terminal equipment.
下面首先针对本申请实施例适用场景进行简要说明。The following first briefly describes the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application.
具体的,首先介绍一下LTE小区对于基带DC信号的映射规则、NR小区对于基带DC信号的映射规则。Specifically, first introduce the mapping rules of LTE cells for baseband DC signals and the mapping rules of NR cells for baseband DC signals.
在第一制式网络的系统中,例如,LTE系统中,下行信号在频域上的映射规则是,下行信号不能映射到基带直流(direct current,DC)分量对应的子载波上,也即,下行信号从时域映射到频域的过程中,跳过了DC分量对应的子载波。In the first-standard network system, for example, in the LTE system, the downlink signal mapping rule in the frequency domain is that the downlink signal cannot be mapped to the subcarrier corresponding to the direct current (DC) component of the baseband, that is, the downlink When the signal is mapped from the time domain to the frequency domain, the subcarriers corresponding to the DC component are skipped.
可选的,在LTE系统中,下行信号在时频域转换的公式如公式(1)所示,下行信号在频域上的资源映射图参照图3所示。示例性的,图3为LTE系统中的下行信号调制后在频域上的资源映射图。Optionally, in the LTE system, the formula for converting the downlink signal in the time-frequency domain is as shown in formula (1), and the resource mapping diagram of the downlink signal in the frequency domain is shown with reference to FIG. 3. Exemplarily, FIG. 3 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of the downlink signal in the LTE system.
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000049
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000050
表示下行信号,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000051
表示端口p上索引为(k (-),l)的RE对应的调制符号,其中
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000052
表明端口p上索引为(k (+),l)的RE对应的调制符号,其中
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000053
为下行载波的RB数量,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000054
为一个RB的RE数量,N CP,lT s表示符号l的循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)长度,N CP,l表示符号l的CP长度对应T s数量,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000055
为LTE定义的基本时间单位,k为一中间变量,表示OFDM调制的子载波序号,l是OFDM符号索引,p是端口号。
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000050
Represents the downlink signal,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000051
Represents the modulation symbol corresponding to the RE with index (k (-) ,l) on port p, where
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000052
Indicates the modulation symbol corresponding to RE with index (k (+) ,l) on port p, where
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000053
Is the number of RBs of the downlink carrier,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000054
Is the number of REs of one RB, N CP,l T s represents the cyclic prefix (CP) length of symbol l, and N CP,l represents the number of T s corresponding to the CP length of symbol l,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000055
The basic time unit defined for LTE, k is an intermediate variable, which represents the subcarrier sequence number of OFDM modulation, l is the OFDM symbol index, and p is the port number.
在本实施例中,DC分量对应的子载波是从基带信号角度看的直流分量,经过上变频之后,该DC分量对应的子载波直接搬移到下行小区的频点上。可选的,频率上一个子载波及时域上的一个符号(symbol)称为一个资源元素(resource element,RE)。因而,如图3所示,在时频域资源图中,DC分量对应的子载波称为DC分量占用的RE。In this embodiment, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component is a DC component viewed from the perspective of the baseband signal. After up-conversion, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component is directly moved to the frequency of the downlink cell. Optionally, a symbol (symbol) on a frequency subcarrier and a time domain is referred to as a resource element (resource element, RE). Therefore, as shown in FIG. 3, in the time-frequency domain resource map, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component is called the RE occupied by the DC component.
可选的,图4为LTE小区的下行信号的上变频过程示意图。如图4所示,在本实施例中,该下行信号为
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000056
其经过分离器将
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000057
分成实部
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000058
和虚部
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000059
实部
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000060
与混频信号cos(2πf 0t)作用后的结果、虚部
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000061
与混频信号-sin(2πf 0t)作用后的结果经过叠加后经过滤波器的滤波作用得到调制数据。
Optionally, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an up-conversion process of a downlink signal of an LTE cell. As shown in Figure 4, in this embodiment, the downlink signal is
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000056
It passes through the separator to
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000057
Divided into real parts
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000058
And imaginary part
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000059
Real
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000060
The result and the imaginary part after interacting with the mixing signal cos(2πf 0 t)
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000061
The result of the action with the mixing signal -sin(2πf 0 t) is superimposed and then filtered by the filter to obtain the modulated data.
由于在上变频(up conversion)过程中,变频器输入端会同时作用于输入信号和本机振荡信号,所以,下行信号在上变频的过程中可能从混频器混入混频信号cos(2πf 0t)和sin(2πf 0t),从而对该下行信号造成较大干扰,导致该下行信号不适合调制数据。因而,在LTE系统中,下行信号中DC分量对应的子载波不用于调制数据。 Because in the up conversion process, the input terminal of the inverter will act on the input signal and the local oscillation signal at the same time, so the downstream signal may be mixed from the mixer into the mixing signal cos(2πf 0 ) during the up conversion process. t) and sin(2πf 0 t), thereby causing greater interference to the downlink signal, resulting in that the downlink signal is not suitable for modulating data. Therefore, in the LTE system, the subcarrier corresponding to the DC component in the downlink signal is not used for modulating data.
在实际应用中,由于第一制式网络,例如LTE系统的设计相对简单,网络设备和终端设备会工作在相同的收发频点,简单地将DC分量对应的子载波预留不会带来什么问题。In practical applications, due to the relatively simple design of the first-standard network, such as the LTE system, the network equipment and terminal equipment will work at the same transceiver frequency, and simply reserving the sub-carrier corresponding to the DC component will not cause any problems. .
随着网络技术的发展,出现了NR系统,由于NR系统在设计初期考虑到系统大带宽、多子载波间隔、带内载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)等需求,DC分量对应的子载波也被用来调制数据。With the development of network technology, the NR system emerged. Since the NR system took into account the requirements of large bandwidth, multi-subcarrier spacing, and in-band carrier aggregation (CA) in the early design stage, the subcarriers corresponding to the DC component were also Used to modulate data.
可选的,在NR系统中,下行信号在时频域转换的公式如公式(2)所示,下行信号在 频域上的资源映射图参照图5所示。示例性的,图5为NR系统中的下行信号调制后在频域上的资源映射图,DC分量占用的RE也可以调制数据。Optionally, in the NR system, the formula for converting the downlink signal in the time-frequency domain is as shown in formula (2), and the resource mapping diagram of the downlink signal in the frequency domain is shown in FIG. 5. Exemplarily, FIG. 5 is a resource mapping diagram in the frequency domain after modulation of the downlink signal in the NR system, and the RE occupied by the DC component may also modulate data.
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000062
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000063
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000063
在上述公式中,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000064
表示下行信号,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000065
表示参数集μ在端口p上索引为(k,l)的RE对应的调制符号,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000066
表示参数集μ的资源网格包含的RB数量,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000067
表示一个RB的RE数量,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000068
表示参数集μ的资源网格中心与某个固定参数集μ 0的资源网格中心相差的RE数量,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000069
为参数集μ下第l个OFDM长度对应的T c数量,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000070
是NR定义的基本时间单位,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000071
表示参数集μ下第l个符号的CP起始时间,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000072
表示上行x=UL或下行x=DL参数集μ 0资源网格起始CRB索引,k为一中间变量,表示OFDM调制的子载波序号,l是OFDM符号索引,p是端口号。
In the above formula,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000064
Represents the downlink signal,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000065
Represents the modulation symbol corresponding to the RE whose parameter set μ is indexed (k,l) on port p,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000066
Indicates the number of RBs contained in the resource grid of the parameter set μ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000067
Represents the number of REs of an RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000068
Represents the number of REs that differ between the resource grid center of the parameter set μ and the resource grid center of a fixed parameter set μ 0 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000069
Is the number of T c corresponding to the lth OFDM length under the parameter set μ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000070
Is the basic time unit defined by NR,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000071
Represents the CP start time of the lth symbol in the parameter set μ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000072
It means that uplink x=UL or downlink x=DL parameter set μ 0 resource grid starting CRB index, k is an intermediate variable, and indicates the subcarrier sequence number of OFDM modulation, l is the OFDM symbol index, and p is the port number.
在NR系统中,DC分量对应的子载波也可以调制数据是为了从资源映射的角度弱化载波的概念,从而达到终端设备和网络设备之间的带宽灵活配置。例如:一个大带宽的小区服务一个小带宽的终端设备时,终端设备可以工作在小区载波的任意频域位置,多个连续频谱的小区进行载波聚合服务一个大宽带的终端设备时,该终端设备可以采用一套射频接收多个小区。无论是哪一种场景,终端设备在资源映射时,都不需要考虑需要在哪个位置需要跳过一个或多个载波的DC。In the NR system, the sub-carrier corresponding to the DC component can also modulate the data in order to weaken the concept of the carrier from the perspective of resource mapping, so as to achieve flexible bandwidth configuration between terminal equipment and network equipment. For example: when a large-bandwidth cell serves a small-bandwidth terminal device, the terminal device can work in any frequency domain position of the cell carrier. When multiple cells with continuous spectrum perform carrier aggregation to serve a large-bandwidth terminal device, the terminal device A set of radio frequencies can be used to receive multiple cells. Regardless of the scenario, the terminal device does not need to consider where it needs to skip the DC of one or more carriers during resource mapping.
可选的,在NR定义的频谱中,实际上有一部分也是LTE频谱。这样运营商可以在现有LTE的频谱上部署NR的小区,并且逐渐替换掉LTE的小区,实现网络的升级。在一段较长时间内,同一个运营商的LTE小区和NR小区会在同一段频谱上共存。Optionally, part of the spectrum defined by NR is actually the LTE spectrum. In this way, operators can deploy NR cells on the existing LTE spectrum and gradually replace LTE cells to achieve network upgrades. For a long period of time, LTE cells and NR cells of the same operator will coexist on the same spectrum.
示例性的,在基于观测到达时间差(observed time difference of arrival,OTDOA)定位技术,尤其结合NR和LTE同频段部署的场景中,服务小区和邻区可能分别为NR小区和LTE小区,NR小区会发NR的定位参考信号,LTE小区会发送LTE的PRS,当NR的定位参考信号子载波间隔与LTE的PRS子载波间隔相同时(即,同时为15kHz)时,二者之间可以通过频分复用的方式避免干扰,如图6所示。图6为LTE定位参考信号与NR定位参考信号频分复用的资源分布示意图。Exemplarily, in a positioning technology based on observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA), especially in a scenario where NR and LTE are deployed in the same frequency band, the serving cell and neighboring cells may be NR cells and LTE cells, respectively, and the NR cell will When the NR positioning reference signal is sent, the LTE cell will send the LTE PRS. When the NR positioning reference signal subcarrier spacing is the same as the LTE PRS subcarrier spacing (that is, 15kHz at the same time), the two can be divided by frequency The multiplexing method avoids interference, as shown in Figure 6. 6 is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of frequency division multiplexing of LTE positioning reference signals and NR positioning reference signals.
示例性的,图7为LTE的PRS与NR的定位参考信号在时频域上的资源映射示意图。每个资源块(resource block,RB)包括频域上连续的12个RE,如图7所示,该12个RE分别表示为#0 RE至#11 RE,资源块RB在时域上称为一个时隙(slot),频率上一个子载波及时域上的一个符号(symbol)称为一个RE。Exemplarily, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of resource mapping of LTE PRS and NR positioning reference signals in the time-frequency domain. Each resource block (resource block, RB) includes 12 consecutive REs in the frequency domain. As shown in Figure 7, the 12 REs are represented as #0 RE to #11 RE, and the resource block RB is called in the time domain. A slot, a subcarrier on the frequency and a symbol on the time domain are called an RE.
如图7所示,假设LTE的PRS(LTE PRS)在数据调制时,占用了LTE中每个资源块RB的#0和#6 RE。考虑一个与LTE同频部署的NR系统,其子载波间隔与LTE一样,例如,15kHz。LTE PRS占用的RE在NR对应的载波上的关系如下:As shown in Figure 7, it is assumed that LTE PRS (LTE PRS) occupies #0 and #6 RE of each resource block RB in LTE during data modulation. Consider an NR system deployed on the same frequency as LTE, with the same subcarrier spacing as LTE, for example, 15kHz. The relationship of RE occupied by LTE PRS on the carrier corresponding to NR is as follows:
从频域维度来说,对于频率小于LTE DC子载波对应频率的RB,LTE PRS占用RB的#0 RE和#6 RE;对于频率大于LTE DC子载波对应频率的RB,LTE PRS占用RB的#1 RE 和#7 RE。因而,为了保证不同小区的定位参考信号不发生碰撞,NR小区不能在每个RB的#0 RE、#1 RE、#6 RE、#7 RE上发送NR的定位参考信号,其只能使用每个RB的#2 RE-#5RE和#8 RE-#11 RE等8个资源上发送定位参考信号。From the perspective of frequency domain, for RBs with a frequency less than the corresponding frequency of the LTE DC subcarrier, LTE PRS occupies #0 RE and #6 RE of the RB; for the RB with a frequency greater than the corresponding frequency of the LTE DC subcarrier, LTE PRS occupies # of the RB 1 RE and #7 RE. Therefore, in order to ensure that the positioning reference signals of different cells do not collide, the NR cell cannot send NR positioning reference signals on the #0 RE, #1 RE, #6 RE, and #7 RE of each RB. It can only use each RB. Positioning reference signals are sent on 8 resources including #2 RE-#5RE and #8 RE-#11 RE of each RB.
假如NR小区也采用像LTE小区一样的方式,每个RB的2个RE用于发送定位参考信号,这样在一个资源块上就只能额外支持4个NR小区与LTE小区进行频分复用。If the NR cell also adopts the same method as the LTE cell, 2 REs of each RB are used to send positioning reference signals, so that only 4 additional NR cells can be supported for frequency division multiplexing with the LTE cell on one resource block.
示例性的,若该系统中存在三个LTE小区,每个LTE小区分别占据LTE中每个RB的#0 RE和#6 RE、#2 RE和#8 RE、和#4 RE和#10 RE,即占据LTE中每个RB的#0 RE和#6 RE的LTE小区,其LTE PRS在NR对应的载波上分别占用每个RB的#0 RE、#1 RE、#6 RE、#7 RE;占据LTE中每个RB的#2 RE和#8 RE的LTE小区,其LTE PRS在NR对应的载波上分别占用每个RB的#2 RE、#3 RE、#8 RE、#9 RE;占据LTE中每个RB的#4RE和#10的LTE小区,其LTE PRS在NR对应的载波上分别占用每个RB的#4 RE、#5 RE、#10 RE、#11 RE。也即,三个LTE小区的LTE PRS占用了NR对应的载波上中每个RB的所有RE,无法再支持NR小区与该三个LTE小区频分复用。而纯LTE小区或纯NR小区下,每个纯LTE小区或纯NR小区只占用每个RB的2个RE,可以支持频分复用6个小区,因而,LTE和NR对DC分量的不同映射规则会引起LTE和NR同频带部署发送定位参考信号时可频分复用小区个数减少。Exemplarily, if there are three LTE cells in the system, each LTE cell occupies #0 RE and #6 RE, #2 RE and #8 RE, and #4 RE and #10 RE of each RB in LTE. , That is, LTE cells occupying #0 RE and #6 RE of each RB in LTE, and their LTE PRS occupies #0 RE, #1 RE, #6 RE, #7 RE of each RB on the carrier corresponding to NR respectively ; LTE cells occupying #2 RE and #8 RE of each RB in LTE, and their LTE PRS occupies #2 RE, #3 RE, #8 RE, #9 RE of each RB on the carrier corresponding to NR; LTE cells #4RE and #10 occupying each RB in LTE, and their LTE PRS occupies #4 RE, #5 RE, #10 RE, and #11 RE of each RB respectively on the carrier corresponding to NR. That is, the LTE PRSs of the three LTE cells occupy all the REs of each RB on the carrier corresponding to the NR, and can no longer support the frequency division multiplexing of the NR cell with the three LTE cells. In a pure LTE cell or pure NR cell, each pure LTE cell or pure NR cell only occupies 2 REs of each RB, and can support 6 cells of frequency division multiplexing. Therefore, LTE and NR have different mappings to DC components. The rules will cause the number of frequency division multiplexed cells to be reduced when LTE and NR are deployed in the same frequency band to send positioning reference signals.
综上所述,在NR小区和LTE小区同频段部署的场景中,终端设备的服务小区和邻区可能分别来自NR小区和LTE小区,当NR小区和LTE小区均需要向终端设备发送定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)时,两者可以通过频分复用的方式分别发送NR PRS和LTE PRS,这样终端设备接收到定位中心发送的NR PRS配置信息和LTE PRS配置信息时,终端设备在确定NR PRS的频域资源映射时不需要考虑LTE PRS的影响。因而,终端设备在接收到NR小区和LTE小区发送的NR PRS和LTE PRS后可以得到定位测量结果,并将其发送给定位中心,使定位中心实现对终端设备的定位。In summary, in the scenario where the NR cell and the LTE cell are deployed in the same frequency band, the serving cell and neighboring cells of the terminal device may come from the NR cell and the LTE cell respectively. When the NR cell and the LTE cell both need to send positioning reference signals to the terminal device (positioning reference signal, PRS), the two can send NR PRS and LTE PRS respectively through frequency division multiplexing, so that when the terminal device receives the NR PRS configuration information and LTE PRS configuration information sent by the positioning center, the terminal device When determining the frequency domain resource mapping of NR PRS, there is no need to consider the impact of LTE PRS. Therefore, the terminal device can obtain the positioning measurement result after receiving the NR PRS and LTE PRS sent by the NR cell and the LTE cell, and send it to the positioning center, so that the positioning center can locate the terminal device.
然而,在频域资源映射时,LTE小区对于基带DC信号的映射规则与NR小区对于基带DC信号的映射规则不同,致使NR小区和LTE小区同频段部署时可频分复用的小区个数相对于纯LTE小区或纯NR小区单独部署时减少,存在资源浪费的问题。However, during frequency domain resource mapping, the mapping rules for baseband DC signals in LTE cells are different from the mapping rules for baseband DC signals in NR cells, resulting in the relative number of frequency division multiplexed cells when NR cells and LTE cells are deployed in the same frequency band. When a pure LTE cell or a pure NR cell is deployed separately, there is a problem of resource waste.
为解决上述问题,本申请提供一种PRS的频域资源映射方法。终端设备接收网络设备发送的辅助信息,该辅助信息包括:PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,该辅助信息用于指示PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息,该第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点,终端设备根据该辅助信息,确定该PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,并在资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS。该技术方案中,终端设备可以基于辅助信息的指示确定出定位参考信号偏移后的资源映射位置,能够解决不同制式网络的小区同频带部署发送PRS时可频分复用小区的个数减少的问题。To solve the above-mentioned problem, this application provides a frequency domain resource mapping method of PRS. The terminal device receives the auxiliary information sent by the network device. The auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and information about the first frequency point. The auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources. The point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and the terminal device determines the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the auxiliary information, and receives the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping position. In this technical solution, the terminal device can determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the indication of the auxiliary information, which can solve the problem of the reduction of the number of frequency division multiplexed cells when the cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS. problem.
下面,通过具体实施例对本申请的技术方案进行详细说明。需要说明的是,下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例中不再赘述。Hereinafter, the technical solution of the present application will be described in detail through specific embodiments. It should be noted that the following specific embodiments can be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be repeated in some embodiments.
图8为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法实施例一的交互示意图。该方法以终端设备和网络设备之间的信息交互进行解释说明。在本实施例中,该网络设备是指可以是图1和图2所示通信系统中的无线接入设备或核心网设备。示例性的,该网络设备可 以包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。参照图8所示,在本实施例中,该方法可以包括如下步骤:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of interaction of Embodiment 1 of a method for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of this application. The method is explained by the information interaction between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. In this embodiment, the network device may be a wireless access device or a core network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. Exemplarily, the network device may include: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF. Referring to FIG. 8, in this embodiment, the method may include the following steps:
步骤81:网络设备获取第一频点的信息和PRS对应的PRS配置信息。Step 81: The network device obtains the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS.
其中,该第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点。Wherein, the first frequency point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network.
可选的,在不同制式网络的小区同频段部署的场景中,若要实现对所处该频段的终端设备的定位,每个制式网络的小区均会向终端设备发送定位参考信号PRS。Optionally, in a scenario where cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band, to realize the positioning of the terminal equipment in the frequency band, the cells of each standard network will send a positioning reference signal PRS to the terminal equipment.
示例性的,在本实施例中,以终端设备处于第一制式网络的小区和第二制式网络的小区进行解释说明,且第一制式网络的制式不同于第二制式网络的制式,第一制式网络的小区不在基带子载波上映射资源,第二制式网络的小区可以在基带子载波上映射资源。Exemplarily, in this embodiment, the terminal equipment is in the cell of the first-standard network and the cell of the second-standard network for explanation, and the standard of the first-standard network is different from the standard of the second-standard network. The cells of the network do not map resources on the baseband subcarriers, and the cells of the second-standard network can map resources on the baseband subcarriers.
示例性的,该第一制式网络对应的系统可以是LTE系统、CDMA系统、WCDMA系统等多种系统中的任意一种,该第二制式网络对应的系统可以是新空口(new radio,NR)系统。值得说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定第一制式网络和第二制式网络的具体表现形式,只要满足第一制式网络的小区不在基带子载波上映射资源且第二制式网络的小区可以在基带子载波上映射资源的特点都属于本申请实施例的保护范畴。Exemplarily, the system corresponding to the first-standard network may be any of a variety of systems such as LTE system, CDMA system, and WCDMA system, and the system corresponding to the second-standard network may be a new radio (NR) system. It is worth noting that the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific manifestations of the first-standard network and the second-standard network, as long as the cells satisfying the first-standard network do not map resources on the baseband subcarriers and the cells of the second-standard network can be The characteristics of the resources mapped on the baseband subcarriers all belong to the protection category of the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,为了避免不同制式网络的小区同频段部署时造成可频分复用的小区个数减少的问题,网络设备向终端设备发送PRS之前,可以首先需要确定出PRS对应的PRS配置信息以及第一制式网络的小区的下行频点的信息等辅助信息,以使该网络设备一方面可以根据该辅助信息确定该出PRS收发时在频域上的频率资源位置,另一方面可以将该辅助信息发送给终端设备,以使终端设备同样确定出PRS收发时在频域上的频率资源位置,这样便可以合理的利用频域上的资源,降低资源浪费。In the embodiment of this application, in order to avoid the problem of reducing the number of cells that can be frequency division multiplexed when cells of different networks are deployed in the same frequency band, the network device may first need to determine the PRS corresponding to the PRS before sending the PRS to the terminal device. Auxiliary information such as configuration information and downlink frequency information of the cell of the first-standard network, so that the network device can determine the frequency resource location in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the auxiliary information on the one hand, and on the other hand The auxiliary information is sent to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can also determine the frequency resource location in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received, so that the resources in the frequency domain can be reasonably used and resource waste can be reduced.
可选的,由于该网络设备可以包括第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF,因而,第二制式网络设备和LMF均可以获取到PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。Optionally, since the network device may include a second-standard network device and a positioning management function LMF, both the second-standard network device and the LMF can obtain PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point.
示例性的,在本实施例中,若本实施例的执行主体为第二制式网络设备,但PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息由LMF配置时,则该步骤81可以通过如下可能设计实现:Exemplarily, in this embodiment, if the execution subject of this embodiment is a second-standard network device, but the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the information of the first frequency point are configured by the LMF, the step 81 can be as follows Possible design and realization:
第二制式网络设备获取该LMF配置的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。The second-standard network device obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
在本实施例中,在LMF完成对PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的配置工作时,第二制式网络设备可以通过获取LMF配置的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的方式得到该PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。具体的获取方式可以为通过向LMF发送获取请求以请求LMF发送得到,或者接收LMF自动同步的该PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。In this embodiment, when the LMF completes the configuration of the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the information of the first frequency point, the network device of the second standard can obtain the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point. Method to obtain the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point. The specific obtaining method may be by sending an obtaining request to the LMF to request the LMF to send it, or receiving the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point automatically synchronized by the LMF.
示例性的,在本实施例中,若本实施例的执行主体为LMF,且PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息由LMF配置时,LMF完成对PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的配置工作后,还可以向第二制式网络设备发送该PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。这样第二制式网络设备便可以基于接收到的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,通过与终端设备的交互,执行PRS的频域资源映射的方案。Exemplarily, in this embodiment, if the executive body of this embodiment is LMF, and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the information of the first frequency point are configured by the LMF, the LMF completes the configuration of the PRS configuration information and the first frequency point. After the configuration of the information, the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point can also be sent to the network device of the second standard. In this way, the network device of the second standard can execute the PRS frequency domain resource mapping scheme based on the received PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point through interaction with the terminal device.
示例性的,在本实施例中,若本实施例的执行主体为LMF,但PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息由第二制式网络设备配置时,则该步骤81可以通过如下可能设计实现:Exemplarily, in this embodiment, if the executive body of this embodiment is LMF, but the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the information of the first frequency point are configured by the network device of the second standard, this step 81 can be as follows Possible design and realization:
LMF获取该第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。The LMF obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the information of the first frequency point.
在本实施例中,在第二制式网络设备完成对PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的配置工作时,LMF可以通过获取第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的方式得到该PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。具体的获取方式可以为通过向第二制式网络设备发送获取请求以请求第二制式网络设备发送得到,或者接收第二制式网络设备自动同步的该PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。In this embodiment, when the network device of the second standard completes the configuration of the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS and the information of the first frequency point, the LMF can obtain the PRS configuration information configured by the network device of the second standard and the first frequency The PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point are obtained by means of point information. The specific acquisition method may be by sending an acquisition request to the second-standard network device to request the second-standard network device to send it, or receiving the PRS configuration information and the first frequency point information automatically synchronized by the second-standard network device.
示例性的,若LMF用于配置第一频点的信息,则LMF通过如下方式确定:Exemplarily, if the LMF is used to configure the information of the first frequency point, the LMF is determined in the following manner:
在本实施例中,在终端设备所在的通信系统中,若用于定位的第二制式网络设备发送的PRS的子载波间隔与用于定位的第一制式网络设备发送的PRS的子载波间隔相同,且该第二制式网络设备发送的PRS所在的带宽内存在该第一制式网络设备发送的PRS,则将第一制式网络设备所在小区的下行频点作为第一频点,且可以将第一频点的信息配置给用于定位的第二制式网络设备。In this embodiment, in the communication system where the terminal device is located, if the sub-carrier interval of the PRS sent by the second-standard network device used for positioning is the same as the sub-carrier interval of the PRS sent by the first-standard network device used for positioning , And the PRS sent by the first-standard network device exists in the bandwidth where the PRS sent by the second-standard network device is located, the downlink frequency point of the cell where the first-standard network device is located is used as the first frequency point, and the first The frequency information is configured to the second-standard network device used for positioning.
示例性的,若用于定位的第二制式网络设备用于配置第一频点的信息,则该第二制式网络设备通过如下方式确定:Exemplarily, if the second-standard network device used for positioning is used to configure the information of the first frequency point, the second-standard network device is determined in the following manner:
一种方式为:在本实施例中,第二制式网络设备可以通过LMF配置信令获取第一制式网络的小区的第一频点;One way is: in this embodiment, the second-standard network device can obtain the first frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network through LMF configuration signaling;
另一种方式为:第二制式网络设备通过预置方式确定发送定位参考信号并该定位参考信号满足以下条件时确定将第一制式网络的小区的下行频点确定为第一频点,其中,所述条件为用于定位的第二制式网络设备发送的PRS的子载波间隔与用于定位的第一制式网络设备发送的PRS的子载波间隔相同,且该第二制式网络设备发送的PRS所在的带宽内存在该第一制式网络设备发送的PRS。Another way is: the second-standard network device determines to send the positioning reference signal through a preset method, and when the positioning reference signal meets the following conditions, it determines to determine the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network as the first frequency point, where: The condition is that the subcarrier interval of the PRS sent by the second-standard network device for positioning is the same as the subcarrier interval of the PRS sent by the first-standard network device for positioning, and the PRS sent by the second-standard network device is located The PRS sent by the network device of the first standard exists in the bandwidth of.
值得说明的是,若第一制式网络对应的系统为LTE系统,第二制式网络对应的系统为NG系统,该PRS的子载波间隔为15kHz。其中,第一制式网络的小区包括LTE基站(eNB)和下一代LTE基站(ng-eNB),LMF配置5G基站(gNB)的信令为NR定位协议附录(NR positioning protocol annex,NRPPa)信令。It is worth noting that if the system corresponding to the first-standard network is an LTE system, and the system corresponding to the second-standard network is an NG system, the subcarrier interval of the PRS is 15 kHz. Among them, the cells of the first-standard network include LTE base stations (eNB) and next-generation LTE base stations (ng-eNB), and the LMF configures 5G base station (gNB) signaling for NR positioning protocol annex (NR Positioning Protocol Annex, NRPPa) signaling .
示例性的,在本实施例中,关于第一频点的信息的体现形式可以通过如下方式实现:Exemplarily, in this embodiment, the embodiment of the information about the first frequency point can be implemented in the following manner:
作为一种示例,该第一频点的信息为该第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号(absolute ratio frequency channel number,ARFCN)。As an example, the information of the first frequency point is an absolute radio channel number (absolute ratio frequency channel number, ARFCN) of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
由于ARFCN可以用来鉴别特殊射频通道的编号,所以,将第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的ARFCN作为第一频点的信息可以提高终端设备的鉴别该第一频点的能力。这样多个第二制式网络小区可以共享一个第一频点的频率,节省了信令开销。Since ARFCN can be used to identify the number of a special radio frequency channel, the ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point can be used as the information of the first frequency point to improve the ability of the terminal equipment to identify the first frequency point. . In this way, multiple second-standard network cells can share a frequency of the first frequency point, which saves signaling overhead.
作为另一种示例,该第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,或者,该第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区。As another example, the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning.
在本实施例的第一种可能实现方式中,当第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区时,该第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:In the first possible implementation manner of this embodiment, when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
该第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的公共资源块(common resource block,CRB)索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,该CRB位于用于定位的小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the common resource block (CRB) index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, which is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning ;
或者or
该第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,该CRB索引对应的CRB位于用于定位的小区的下行载波上,其中,该CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,该预置数值为 预设固定值或基于该用于定位的小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point. The CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning. The RE index in the CRB is a preset value. The preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
可选的,对于基于该用于定位的小区的信息确定的值,例如,用于定位的gNB的下行载波的DC所在CRB内的RE索引。Optionally, for the value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning, for example, the RE index in the CRB where the DC of the downlink carrier of the gNB used for positioning is located.
或者or
该第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,该第二频点为用于定位的小区的A点。The information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
其中,小区A点(即Point A)为第二制式网络引入的概念,其可以作为该小区中所有子载波间隔的公共参考点(例如,CRB0的RE0)。Among them, the cell A point (ie Point A) is a concept introduced by the second-standard network, and it can be used as a common reference point for all sub-carrier spacing in the cell (for example, RE0 of CRB0).
在本实施例中,通过用于定位的小区来表示第一频点的信息,相对于使用ARFCN表示,更加节省信令开销。In this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is expressed by the cell used for positioning, which saves the signaling overhead more than the expression using ARFCN.
在本实施例的第二种可能实现方式中,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且该多个用于定位的小区中有一个为主服务小区,该第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:In the second possible implementation manner of this embodiment, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the first The frequency information is expressed in any of the following forms:
该第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,该CRB位于该主服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
或者or
该第一频点信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,该CRB索引对应的CRB位于主服务小区的下行载波上,其中,该CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,该预置数值为预设固定值或基于该主服务小区的信息确定的值;The first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, and the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell, where the RE index in the CRB is a preset value, and the preset value Is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
或者or
该第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,该第二频点为所述主服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell.
该种可能实现方式与上述实现方式的区别在于第一频点的信息可以适用于多个用于定位的小区,且多个用于定位的小区确定了一个主服务小区,该第一频点的信息与该主服务小区的信息有关。The difference between this possible implementation and the above implementation is that the information of the first frequency point can be applied to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning determine a primary serving cell. The information is related to the information of the primary serving cell.
关于该方式中为详尽的描述可以参见上述方式中的内容记载,此处不再赘述。For a detailed description of this manner, please refer to the content record in the above manner, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,第一频点的信息通过主服务小区内的索引表示且适用于多个小区,进一步节省了开销。In this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index in the primary serving cell and is applicable to multiple cells, which further saves overhead.
在本实施例的第三种可能实现方式中,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且多个用于定位的小区包括该网络设备的服务小区,该第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:In the third possible implementation manner of this embodiment, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the first frequency The point information is expressed in any of the following forms:
该第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,该CRB位于该服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
或者or
该第一频点的信息为该第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,该CRB索引对应的CRB位于该服务小区的下行载波上,其中,该CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,该预置数值为预设固定值或基于该服务小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point. The CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell. The RE index in the CRB is a preset value. The set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
或者or
该第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,该第二频点为该服务 小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
该种可能实现方式与上述实现方式的区别在于第一频点的信息可以适用于多个用于定位的小区,且该多个用于定位的小区包括了该网络设备的服务小区,该第一频点的信息与该服务小区的信息有关。The difference between this possible implementation manner and the foregoing implementation manner is that the information of the first frequency point can be applied to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device. The frequency information is related to the information of the serving cell.
关于该方式中为详尽的描述可以参见上述方式中的内容记载,此处不再赘述。For a detailed description of this manner, please refer to the content record in the above manner, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,第一频点的信息通过网络设备的该服务小区的索引表示,不仅可以节省开销,而且可以扩展任意的服务小区,适用性更广泛。In this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is indicated by the index of the serving cell of the network device, which not only saves overhead, but also extends any serving cell, which has a wider applicability.
值得说明的是,在本实施例中,若该步骤的执行主体为第二制式网络设备,则第一频点的信息可以采用上述第一种至第三种可能实现方式中的任意一种实现,若该步骤的执行主体为LMF,则第一频点的信息可以采用上述第一种或第三种可能实现方式实现。It is worth noting that, in this embodiment, if the execution subject of this step is a second-standard network device, the information of the first frequency point can be implemented in any one of the above-mentioned first to third possible implementation modes. If the subject of execution of this step is LMF, the information of the first frequency point can be implemented by the first or third possible implementation manner described above.
步骤82:网络设备向终端设备发送辅助信息,该辅助信息包括:PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,该辅助信息用于指示PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息。Step 82: The network device sends auxiliary information to the terminal device. The auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point. The auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources.
可选的,在本实施例中网络设备可以通过辅助信息的形式向终端设备发送PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息。具体的,网络设备发送PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的形式可以通过如下示例中的一种实现:Optionally, in this embodiment, the network device may send the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in the form of auxiliary information. Specifically, the form in which the network device sends the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point can be implemented by one of the following examples:
作为一种示例,网络设备可以将该第一频点的信息与PRS配置信息并列的包含在辅助信息中发送给终端设备,这样终端设备通过解析接收到的辅助信息可以同时获取到该第一频点的信息与PRS配置信息。As an example, the network device may include the information of the first frequency point in parallel with the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information and send it to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can obtain the first frequency by parsing the received auxiliary information. Point information and PRS configuration information.
在本实施例中,网络设备通过显式配置方式将第一频点的信息发送给终端设备,这样终端设备通过解析接收到的辅助信息便可以得到第一频点的信息与PRS配置信息,减少了终端设备的处理时间,提高了频域资源映射效率。In this embodiment, the network device sends the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device through an explicit configuration method, so that the terminal device can obtain the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information by analyzing the received auxiliary information. The processing time of the terminal device is improved, and the frequency domain resource mapping efficiency is improved.
作为另一种示例,网络设备可以首先该第一频点的信息可以包含在该PRS配置信息中,然后将该PRS配置信息包含在辅助信息中,最后再将该辅助信息发送给终端设备,这样终端设备通过解析接收到的该辅助信息,只能得到该PRS配置信息,再根据该PRS配置信息才能获取到该第一频点的信息。As another example, the network device may first include the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information, then include the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and finally send the auxiliary information to the terminal device. The terminal device can only obtain the PRS configuration information by analyzing the received auxiliary information, and then can obtain the information of the first frequency point according to the PRS configuration information.
应理解,辅助信息只是一个名称,也可以是其他的信息名称,本申请不对其进行限定。本实施例仅说明PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息是需要通过网络设备发送给终端设备的信息。甚至第一频点的信息也可以包含在PRS配置信息中,本申请不对具体的信息格式或数据结构进行限定。以下不再赘述。It should be understood that the auxiliary information is only a name, or other information names, and this application does not limit it. This embodiment only illustrates that the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point are information that needs to be sent to the terminal device through the network device. Even the information of the first frequency point can also be included in the PRS configuration information, and this application does not limit the specific information format or data structure. I won't repeat them below.
可选的,当第二制式网络的小区的定位参考信号对应的子载波间隔与第一制式网络的小区对应的子载波间隔相同,且第二制式网络的小区存在一个辅助信息参考小区或一个或多个辅助信息邻区为第一制式网络的小区,且该第一制式网络的小区的频点包含于第二制式网络的定位参考信号的带宽内,以及若第一网络制式的小区有多个,则小区频点完全一样,这样终端设备可以确定第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的频点。Optionally, when the sub-carrier interval corresponding to the positioning reference signal of the cell of the second-standard network is the same as the sub-carrier interval corresponding to the cell of the first-standard network, and the cell of the second-standard network has an auxiliary information reference cell or one or The multiple auxiliary information neighboring cells are cells of the first-standard network, and the frequency of the cell of the first-standard network is included in the bandwidth of the positioning reference signal of the second-standard network, and if there are multiple cells of the first network standard , The cell frequency points are exactly the same, so that the terminal device can determine that the first frequency point is the frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network.
可选的,对于为辅助信息参考小区的第一网络制式的小区,该第一频点为earfcnRef、earfcnRef-v9a0之一,当earfcnRef、earfcnRef-v9a0未配置时,该第一频点为主服务小区的中心频点。其中,earfcnRef为演进型通用陆地无线接入绝对无线频率信道号参考(evolved-universal terrestrial radio access absolute radio frequency channel number reference),earfcnRef-v9a0为第v9a0版本的earfcnRef。Optionally, for a cell of the first network standard that is an auxiliary information reference cell, the first frequency point is one of earfcnRef and earfcnRef-v9a0. When earfcnRef and earfcnRef-v9a0 are not configured, the first frequency point is the primary service The center frequency of the cell. Among them, earfcnRef is evolved-universal terrestrial radio access absolute radio frequency channel number reference, and earfcnRef-v9a0 is the v9a0 version of earfcnRef.
对于为辅助信息邻区的第一网络制式的小区,该第一频点为earfcn、earfcn-v9a0之一,当earfcn、earfcn-v9a0未配置时,该第一频点为辅助信息参考小区的中心频点。其中,earfcn为演进型通用陆地无线接入绝对无线频率信道号(evolved-universal terrestrial radio access absolute radio frequency channel number,EARFCN),earfcn-v9a0为第v9a0版本的earfcn。For a cell of the first network standard that is an auxiliary information neighbor cell, the first frequency point is one of earfcn and earfcn-v9a0. When earfcn and earfcn-v9a0 are not configured, the first frequency point is the center of the auxiliary information reference cell Frequency. Among them, earfcn is the evolved-universal terrestrial radio access absolute radio frequency channel number (EARFCN), and earfcn-v9a0 is the v9a0 version of earfcn.
在本实施例中,网络设备通过隐式配置方式将第一频点的信息发送给终端设备,即通过将第一频点的信息包含在PRS配置信息中,再将PRS配置信息通过辅助信息发送给终端设备,这样可以提高通信安全性。该实现方式中不需要显式配置第一频点的信息,比显示配置第一频点的信息的方式节省了信令开销。In this embodiment, the network device sends the information of the first frequency point to the terminal device in an implicit configuration mode, that is, by including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information, and then sends the PRS configuration information through auxiliary information For terminal equipment, this can improve communication security. In this implementation manner, there is no need to explicitly configure the information of the first frequency point, which saves signaling overhead compared to the manner of displaying the information of the first frequency point.
在隐式配置方式中,将第一频点的信息包含在PRS配置信息中是指通过PRS配置信息确定第一频点的信息。例如,通过LTE PRS的配置信息,可以确定第一频点的信息。In the implicit configuration mode, including the information of the first frequency point in the PRS configuration information refers to determining the information of the first frequency point through the PRS configuration information. For example, through the configuration information of LTE PRS, the information of the first frequency point can be determined.
示例性的,在本实施例的一种可能设计中,该辅助信息还包括:PRS的频率偏移量。Exemplarily, in a possible design of this embodiment, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
可选的,在本实施例中,上述辅助信息中还可以包括PRS的频率偏移量,该PRS的频率偏移量可以用于指示PRS映射到频域上时在第一频点的右侧需要偏移的子载波数量。Optionally, in this embodiment, the aforementioned auxiliary information may also include the frequency offset of the PRS. The frequency offset of the PRS may be used to indicate that the PRS is mapped to the frequency domain on the right side of the first frequency point. The number of subcarriers that need to be offset.
在本实施例中,网络设备可以将该PRS的频率偏移量、第一频点的信息、PRS配置信息并列的包含在辅助信息中发送给终端设备,也可以将PRS的频率偏移量包含在第一频点的信息中或者包含在PRS配置信息中发送给终端设备,还可以将PRS的频率偏移量包含在第一频点的信息中且第一频点的信息包含在PRS配置信息中的形式发送给终端设备。本申请实施例并不限定网络设备发送频率偏移量的形式,其可以根据情况确定。In this embodiment, the network device may include the frequency offset of the PRS, the information of the first frequency point, and the PRS configuration information in parallel and send it to the terminal device in the auxiliary information, or it may include the frequency offset of the PRS. In the information of the first frequency point or included in the PRS configuration information and sent to the terminal device, the frequency offset of the PRS can also be included in the information of the first frequency point and the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information Send to the terminal device in the form. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the form in which the network device sends the frequency offset, which can be determined according to the situation.
值得说明的是,通常情况下,网络设备并不向终端设备发送频率偏移量,当网络设备不发送频率偏移量时,终端设备直接根据第一频点在频域资源上占用的子载波数量,偏移该子载波数量对应的RE。一般情况下,该第一频点在频域资源上占用1个子载波(在时频域上为一个RE),则PRS映射到频域上时,对于频率小于该第一频点对应子载波的频率,PRS在每个RB内占用的RE的编号不变,对于频率大于该第一频点对应子载波的频率,PRS在每个RB内占用的RE的编号加1,或者,对于频率小于该第一频点对应子载波的频率,PRS在每个RB内占用的RE的编号减1,对于频率大于该第一频点对应子载波的频率,PRS在每个RB内占用的RE的编号不变。当网络设备不向终端设备发送频率偏移量时,频率偏移量也可能是协议预定义的。It is worth noting that under normal circumstances, the network device does not send the frequency offset to the terminal device. When the network device does not send the frequency offset, the terminal device directly according to the subcarrier occupied by the first frequency point on the frequency domain resource Number, offset the RE corresponding to the number of subcarriers. Generally, the first frequency point occupies 1 subcarrier on the frequency domain resource (in the time-frequency domain, it is an RE), then when the PRS is mapped to the frequency domain, the frequency is less than the corresponding subcarrier of the first frequency point. Frequency, the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB remains unchanged. For frequencies greater than the corresponding subcarrier of the first frequency point, the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB is increased by 1, or for frequencies less than this The first frequency point corresponds to the frequency of the subcarrier. The number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB is reduced by 1. For frequencies greater than the corresponding subcarrier of the first frequency point, the number of REs occupied by the PRS in each RB is not change. When the network device does not send the frequency offset to the terminal device, the frequency offset may also be predefined by the protocol.
可选的,在本实施例中,若该步骤的执行主体为LMF,则该LMF可以通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)信令将上述辅助信息发送给终端设备。Optionally, in this embodiment, if the executor of this step is the LMF, the LMF may send the aforementioned auxiliary information to the terminal device through LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) signaling.
在本实施例中,当该步骤的执行主体为LMF时,该方法可以采用上述图2所示的通信系统实现。In this embodiment, when the execution subject of this step is LMF, the method can be implemented by using the communication system shown in FIG. 2 above.
可选的,在本实施例中,若该步骤的执行主体为第二制式网络设备,则该第二制式网络设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)协议信令将上述辅助信息发送给终端设备。Optionally, in this embodiment, if the executor of this step is a second-standard network device, the second-standard network device may send the above auxiliary information through radio resource control (RRC) protocol signaling To the terminal equipment.
在本实施例中,当该步骤的执行主体为第二制式网络设备时,该方法可以采用上述图1所示的通信系统实现。In this embodiment, when the execution subject of this step is a second-standard network device, the method can be implemented using the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above.
应理解,上述第一频点的信息可以是一个,也可以是多个。对显式和/或隐式配置方法,均可以指示多个第一频点的信息。例如,NR的频率包括多个LTE小区频率时,或者包含多个不同第一制式网络时,可以配置多个第一频点的信息。It should be understood that, the above-mentioned information of the first frequency point may be one or more. For both the explicit and/or implicit configuration methods, information of multiple first frequency points can be indicated. For example, when the frequency of NR includes multiple LTE cell frequencies, or when multiple networks with different first standards are included, information on multiple first frequency points may be configured.
步骤83:终端设备根据接收到的辅助信息,确定该PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。Step 83: The terminal device determines the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received according to the received auxiliary information.
可选的,在本实施例中,该终端设备会接收到网络设备发送的辅助信息。示例性的,该终端设备可以接收LMF通过LPP信令发送的上述辅助信息,或者接收第二制式网络设备通过RRC协议信令发送的上述辅助信息。Optionally, in this embodiment, the terminal device may receive auxiliary information sent by the network device. Exemplarily, the terminal device may receive the foregoing auxiliary information sent by the LMF through LPP signaling, or receive the foregoing auxiliary information sent by the second-standard network device through RRC protocol signaling.
示例性的,该终端设备接收到该辅助信息后,可以通过解析该辅助信息从中得到PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息、PRS的频率偏移量(可选的),进而再基于得到的该PRS配置信息、第一频点的信息、PRS的频率偏移量(可选的)确定出PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。Exemplarily, after the terminal device receives the auxiliary information, it can obtain the PRS configuration information, the information of the first frequency point, and the frequency offset of the PRS (optional) by analyzing the auxiliary information, and then based on the obtained auxiliary information. The PRS configuration information, the information of the first frequency point, and the frequency offset of the PRS (optional) determine the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
可选地,终端设备在接收到上述辅助信息后,可以向网络设备发送第一响应消息,第一响应消息用于指示终端设备接收到网络设备发送的辅助信息。Optionally, after receiving the aforementioned auxiliary information, the terminal device may send a first response message to the network device, where the first response message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the auxiliary information sent by the network device.
相应的,网络设备会接收到终端设备发送的该第一响应消息,从而确定终端设备接收到的上述辅助信息。Correspondingly, the network device will receive the first response message sent by the terminal device, thereby determining the aforementioned auxiliary information received by the terminal device.
关于该步骤83的具体实现原理和有益效果可以参见下述图9所示实施例中的记载,此处不再赘述。For the specific implementation principle and beneficial effects of this step 83, reference may be made to the description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 below, which will not be repeated here.
步骤84:终端设备在该资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS。Step 84: The terminal device receives the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location.
在本实施例中,当第二制式网络设备确定出包括该PRS配置信息、第一频点的信息、PRS的频率偏移量(可选的)的辅助信息时,便可以基于该辅助信息确定出PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,进而可以在该资源映射位置上向终端设备发送PRS。In this embodiment, when the second-standard network device determines the auxiliary information including the PRS configuration information, the information of the first frequency point, and the frequency offset of the PRS (optional), it can be determined based on the auxiliary information The resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is sent and received is output, and the PRS can be sent to the terminal device at the resource mapping position.
相应的,由步骤83可知,终端设备接收到辅助信息后,会基于该辅助信息确定出该PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。所以,终端设备通过在该资源映射位置进行检测,可以接收到第二制式网络设备发送的PRS。Correspondingly, it can be known from step 83 that after receiving the auxiliary information, the terminal device will determine the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received based on the auxiliary information. Therefore, the terminal device can receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard by detecting at the resource mapping location.
可选的,在本实施例中,终端设备在接收到第二制式网络设备发送的PRS后,也可以向该第二制式网络设备发送第二响应消息,该第二响应消息可以用于指示终端设备接收到该第二制式网络设备发送的辅助信息。Optionally, in this embodiment, after receiving the PRS sent by the second-standard network device, the terminal device may also send a second response message to the second-standard network device, and the second response message may be used to instruct the terminal The device receives the auxiliary information sent by the second-standard network device.
相应的,第二制式网络设备会接收到终端设备发送的该第二响应消息,进而根据该第二响应消息确定终端设备接收到了其发送的PRS。Correspondingly, the second-standard network device will receive the second response message sent by the terminal device, and then determine according to the second response message that the terminal device has received the PRS sent by it.
示例性的,关于该步骤84的具体实现原理和有益效果可以基于下述图9所示实施例中的记载进行介绍,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the specific implementation principle and beneficial effects of this step 84 may be introduced based on the record in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 below, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法,网络设备获取第一频点的信息和PRS对应的PRS配置信息,该第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点,向终端设备发送辅助信息,该辅助信息包括:PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,该辅助信息用于指示PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息,终端设备可以基于接收到的该辅助信息,确定PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,进而在该资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS。该技术方案中,终端设备可以基于接收到的辅助信息准确的确定出定位参考信号偏移后的资源映射位置,解决了不同制式网络的小区同频带部署发送PRS时可频分复用小区的个数减少的问题,避免了资源浪费。In the method for mapping frequency domain resources of the PRS provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device obtains the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS. The first frequency point is the downlink frequency point of the cell of the first-standard network, and the terminal The device sends auxiliary information, the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point, the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resources, and the terminal device may determine based on the received auxiliary information The resource mapping position in the frequency domain during PRS transmission and reception, and the PRS sent by the second-standard network device is received at the resource mapping position. In this technical solution, the terminal device can accurately determine the resource mapping position after the offset of the positioning reference signal based on the received auxiliary information, which solves the problem of the frequency division multiplexing cell when the cells of different standard networks are deployed in the same frequency band to transmit PRS. The number reduction problem avoids waste of resources.
示例性的,在上述实施例的基础上,图9为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法实施例二的流程示意图。在实际应用中,终端设备和网络设备可以分别执行该方法的技 术方案。示例性的,由于本实施例是对上述步骤83的进一步说明,因而,本实施例以终端设备为执行主体进行解释说明。参照图9所示,上述步骤83可以通过如下步骤实现:Exemplarily, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a PRS frequency domain resource mapping method provided by an embodiment of this application. In practical applications, terminal equipment and network equipment can execute the technical solutions of this method respectively. Exemplarily, since this embodiment is a further description of the foregoing step 83, this embodiment takes the terminal device as the execution subject for explanation. As shown in FIG. 9, the above step 83 can be implemented through the following steps:
步骤91:根据该辅助信息中第一频点的信息,确定第一频点对应的目标资源索引,该目标资源索引用于指示该第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置。Step 91: Determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, where the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource location of the first frequency point in the frequency domain.
可选的,在本实施例中,终端设备接收到该辅助信息后,首先从该辅助信息中解析出第一频点的信息、PRS的配置信息、PRS的频率偏移量(可选的)。Optionally, in this embodiment, after receiving the auxiliary information, the terminal device first parses the first frequency point information, PRS configuration information, and PRS frequency offset from the auxiliary information (optional) .
示例性的,终端设备和用于定位的第二制式网络设备可以根据得到的第一频点的信息确定出第一频点对应的目标资源索引
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000073
具体的,该终端设备和用于定位的第二制式网络设备均可以基于第二频点的频率确定出第一频点对应的目标资源索引,也即,第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置。其中,该第二频点为该第二制式网络设备所处小区的A点。
Exemplarily, the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning may determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the obtained information of the first frequency point
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000073
Specifically, both the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning can determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point based on the frequency of the second frequency point, that is, the mapping of the first frequency point in the frequency domain Resource location. Wherein, the second frequency point is point A of the cell where the second-standard network device is located.
具体的,该第一频点对应的目标资源索引
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000074
可以用如下公式表示:
Specifically, the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000074
It can be expressed by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000075
其中,该第一频点的频率可以直接根据第一频点获取到,该第二频点的频率为用于定位的小区的下行载波的A点的频率。对于某个确定的第二制式网络的小区,该A点的频率是确定的。The frequency of the first frequency point can be directly obtained from the first frequency point, and the frequency of the second frequency point is the frequency of point A of the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning. For a certain cell of the second-standard network, the frequency of this point A is certain.
示例性的,若用于定位的小区的PRS子载波间隔为15kHz且该第一频点包含在用于定位的小区的PRS带宽内,这样,终端设备可以便将确定的第一频点的频率、第二频点的频率以及15kHz带入上述公式中,得到第一频点对应的目标资源索引。Exemplarily, if the PRS subcarrier interval of the cell used for positioning is 15 kHz and the first frequency point is included in the PRS bandwidth of the cell used for positioning, the terminal device can then determine the frequency of the first frequency point. , The frequency of the second frequency point and 15kHz are brought into the above formula to obtain the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point.
步骤92:根据上述辅助信息中PRS配置信息,确定该PRS对应的第一资源索引集合。Step 92: Determine the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS according to the PRS configuration information in the aforementioned auxiliary information.
其中,该第一资源索引集合包括:该PRS占用的CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源RE索引。Wherein, the first resource index set includes: the CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource RE index in each CRB.
可选的,在本实施例中,终端设备和用于定位的第二制式网络设备基于确定的PRS配置信息可以确定出该PRS对应的第一资源索引集合Q 1Optionally, in this embodiment, the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning may determine the first resource index set Q 1 corresponding to the PRS based on the determined PRS configuration information.
具体的,终端设备和用于定位的第二制式网络设备首先基于PRS配置信息确定出该第二制式网络设备的PRS占用的CRB索引集合为
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000078
表示PRS一共占用N个CRB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000079
表示PRS在用于定位的小区的PRS带宽内占用的第i个CRB;其次,基于PRS配置信息确定出PRS占用的每个CRB内的RE索引集合为
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000080
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000081
表示每个CRB内一共占用K个RE,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000082
表示PRS在每个CRB内占用的第i个RE。最后,根据该CRB索引集合A和每个CRB内的RE索引集合B,可以得到该PRS对应的第一资源索引集合Q 1,即该第一资源索引集合Q 1可以通过如下公式表示:
Specifically, the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning first determine based on the PRS configuration information that the CRB index set occupied by the PRS of the second-standard network device is
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000076
The
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000078
Indicates that the PRS occupies a total of N CRBs,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000079
Represents the i-th CRB occupied by the PRS in the PRS bandwidth of the cell used for positioning; secondly, based on the PRS configuration information, it is determined that the RE index set in each CRB occupied by the PRS is
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000080
The
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000081
It means that each CRB occupies a total of K REs,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000082
Indicates the i-th RE occupied by the PRS in each CRB. Finally, according to the CRB index set A and the RE index set B in each CRB, the first resource index set Q 1 corresponding to the PRS can be obtained, that is, the first resource index set Q 1 can be expressed by the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000083
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000083
步骤93:根据该目标资源索引和第一资源索引集合,确定PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合。Step 93: According to the target resource index and the first resource index set, determine the second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource.
其中,该第二资源索引集合用于指示PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。Wherein, the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain during PRS transmission and reception.
可选的,在本实施例中,当辅助信息中还包括PRS的频率偏移量时,该终端设备还需要从该辅助信息中获取到该PRS的频率偏移量。或者,当辅助信息中不包括PRS的频率 偏移量时,该终端设备可以根据第一频点频域上的占用的子载波数量,确定出该PRS的频率偏移量。Optionally, in this embodiment, when the auxiliary information further includes the frequency offset of the PRS, the terminal device also needs to obtain the frequency offset of the PRS from the auxiliary information. Or, when the auxiliary information does not include the frequency offset of the PRS, the terminal device may determine the frequency offset of the PRS according to the number of occupied subcarriers in the frequency domain of the first frequency point.
相应的,在本实施例中,终端设备和用于定位的第二制式网络设备可以基于上述确定的第一资源索引集合Q 1和PRS的频率偏移量按照如下任意一种方式确定出第二资源索引集合Q 2Correspondingly, in this embodiment, the terminal device and the second-standard network device used for positioning may determine the second resource index set Q 1 and the frequency offset of the PRS in any one of the following ways based on the above determined frequency offset. Resource index set Q 2 .
示例性的,该第二资源索引集合Q 2可以通过四种可能实现方式中的任意一种方式实现。 Exemplarily, the second resource index set Q 2 may be implemented in any one of four possible implementation manners.
其中,第一种可能实现方式如下:Among them, the first possible implementation is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000084
第二种可能实现方式如下:The second possible implementation is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000085
第三种可能实现方式如下:The third possible implementation is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000087
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000086
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000087
第四种可能实现方式如下:The fourth possible implementation is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000089
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000088
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000089
其中,Q 2表示第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示第一资源索引集合,k表示该Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000090
为该目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000092
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000093
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000094
分别为PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000096
表示PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为PRS的频率偏移量。
Among them, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000090
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000092
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000093
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000094
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000096
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
示例性的,图10A为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第一种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图。图10B为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第二种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图。图10C为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第三种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图。图10D为第一资源索引集合和第二资源索引集合通过第四种可能实现方式的资源分布示意图。通常情况下,上述PRS的频率偏移量为1,即上述图10A至图10D均以PRS的频率偏移量为1进行举例说明。Exemplarily, FIG. 10A is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through the first possible implementation manner. FIG. 10B is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a second possible implementation manner. FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a third possible implementation manner. FIG. 10D is a schematic diagram of resource distribution of the first resource index set and the second resource index set through a fourth possible implementation manner. Generally, the frequency offset of the PRS is 1, that is, the above-mentioned FIGS. 10A to 10D are all described with the frequency offset of the PRS being 1.
参照图10A所示,用于定位的第二制式网络设备和终端设备可以在整个频域上按照第一种可能实现方式确定PRS收发时的资源映射位置。这时,对于Q 2中小于目标资源索引的资源索引,第二制式网络设备可以在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合上发送PRS,相应的,终端设备也可以在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS;对于Q 2中大于或等于目标资源索引的资源索引,第二制式网络设备需要在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合基础上向右偏移上述PRS的频率偏移量(n)后的资源上发送PRS,相应的,终端设备也需要在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合基础上向右偏移上述PRS的频率偏移量(n)后的资源上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS。 As shown in FIG. 10A, the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the first possible implementation manner. At this time, for the resource index in Q 2 that is smaller than the target resource index, the network device of the second standard may send the PRS on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS, and correspondingly, the terminal device may also send the PRS on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS Receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard; for the resource index in Q 2 that is greater than or equal to the target resource index, the network device of the second standard needs to shift the frequency of the above PRS to the right on the basis of the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS The PRS is sent on the resource after the offset (n), and correspondingly, the terminal device also needs to shift to the right on the resource after the frequency offset (n) of the above PRS on the basis of the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS. The PRS sent by the second-standard network device.
参照图10B所示,用于定位的第二制式网络设备和终端设备可以在整个频域上按照第二种可能实现方式确定PRS收发时的资源映射位置。这时,对于Q 2中小于或等于目标资源索引的资源索引,第二制式网络设备需要在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合基础上向左偏移 上述PRS的频率偏移量(n)后的资源上发送PRS,相应的,终端设备也需要在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合基础上向左偏移上述PRS的频率偏移量(n)后的资源上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS;对于Q 2中大于目标资源索引的资源索引,第二制式网络设备可以在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合上发送PRS,相应的,终端设备也可以在PRS对应的第一资源索引集合上接收第二制式网络设备发送的PRS。 As shown in FIG. 10B, the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the second possible implementation manner. At this time, for the resource index in Q 2 that is less than or equal to the target resource index, the network device of the second standard needs to shift the frequency offset (n) of the above PRS to the left based on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS The PRS is sent on the resource. Accordingly, the terminal device also needs to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard on the resource after the frequency offset (n) of the above-mentioned PRS on the basis of the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS. ; For the resource index in Q 2 that is greater than the target resource index, the second-standard network device can send the PRS on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS, and accordingly, the terminal device can also receive it on the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS The PRS sent by the second-standard network device.
参照图10C所示,用于定位的第二制式网络设备和终端设备可以在整个频域上按照第三种可能实现方式确定PRS收发时的资源映射位置。该方式与图10A所示可能实现方式的不同在于,该方案增加了上溢出保护,即确定出第一资源索引集合Q 1中PRS所占用带宽的最大CRB索引
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000097
中的最大资源索引k max,从而保证PRS只落在PRS配置信息给出的CRB上。
As shown in FIG. 10C, the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the third possible implementation manner. The difference between this method and the possible implementation shown in FIG. 10A is that the solution adds overflow protection, that is, the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS in the first resource index set Q 1 is determined.
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000097
The maximum resource index kmax in , so as to ensure that the PRS only falls on the CRB given by the PRS configuration information.
参照图10D所示,用于定位的第二制式网络设备和终端设备可以在整个频域上按照第四种可能实现方式确定PRS收发时的资源映射位置。该方式与图10B所示可能实现方式的不同在于,该方案增加了下溢出保护,即确定出第一资源索引集合Q 1中PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000098
中的最小资源索引为k min,从而保证PRS只落在PRS配置信息给出的CRB上。
As shown in FIG. 10D, the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can determine the resource mapping position during PRS transmission and reception in the entire frequency domain according to the fourth possible implementation manner. The difference between this method and the possible implementation shown in FIG. 10B is that the solution adds underflow protection, that is, the smallest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS in the first resource index set Q 1 is determined.
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000098
The minimum resource index in is k min to ensure that the PRS only falls on the CRB given by the PRS configuration information.
通过上述分析可知,在本实施例中,用于定位的第二制式网络设备可以在上述第二资源索引集合Q 2对应的资源映射位置上向终端设备发送PRS。其中,该PRS在频域资源上偏移后的Q 2中的每一个元素k为相对于上述第二频点的RE索引,且该第二制式网络设备根据该RE索引通过如下公式可以得到该RE索引所在CRB索引n CRB和CRB内的RE索引k CRBThrough the above analysis, in the present embodiment, the positioning device for the second standard network resource mapping may be set corresponding to the position Q 2 PRS transmits to the terminal device in the second resource index. Wherein, each element k in Q 2 after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is an RE index relative to the above-mentioned second frequency point, and the second-standard network device can obtain the RE index by the following formula according to the RE index CRB index n CRB where RE index is located and RE index k CRB in CRB :
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000099
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000099
相应的,终端设备可以在上述第二资源索引集合Q 2对应的资源映射位置上接收终端设备发送的PRS,终端设备同样可以根据该PRS在频域资源上偏移后的Q 2中的每一个元素k确定该元素对应的RE索引所在CRB索引n CRB和CRB内的RE索引k CRBCorrespondingly, the terminal device can receive the PRS sent by the terminal device at the resource mapping position corresponding to the second resource index set Q 2 above, and the terminal device can also receive each of Q 2 shifted from the frequency domain resource according to the PRS. The element k determines the CRB index n CRB where the RE index corresponding to the element is located and the RE index k CRB in the CRB .
本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射方法,根据辅助信息中第一频点的信息,确定第一频点对应的目标资源索引,该目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据该辅助信息中PRS配置信息,确定该PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,该第一资源索引集合包括:PRS占用的CRB索引以及每个CRB内的RE索引,最后根据该目标资源索引和第一资源索引集合,确定PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,该第二资源索引集合用于指示PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。该技术方案中,用于定位的第二制式网络设备和终端设备均可以根据确定的第一频点的信息和PRS配置信息准确确定PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,为后续在确定的位置收发PRS奠定了基础,从而避免了可频分复用的小区个数减少。According to the method for mapping frequency domain resources of the PRS provided by the embodiment of the present application, the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point is determined according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the target resource index is used to indicate that the first frequency point is The mapping resource location in the frequency domain determines the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource index set includes: the CRB index occupied by the PRS and the RE index in each CRB, Finally, according to the target resource index and the first resource index set, a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received . In this technical solution, the second-standard network equipment and terminal equipment used for positioning can both accurately determine the second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resources according to the determined first frequency point information and PRS configuration information. It lays the foundation for the subsequent transmission and reception of PRS at a certain location, thereby avoiding the reduction in the number of frequency division multiplexed cells.
图11为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例一的结构示意图。该装置可以集成在终端设备中,也可以通过终端设备实现。如图11所示,该装置可以包括:收发模块111和处理模块112。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS according to an embodiment of this application. The device can be integrated in the terminal device, and can also be implemented by the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 11, the device may include: a transceiver module 111 and a processing module 112.
其中,该收发模块111,用于接收网络设备发送的辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS 在频域资源上的偏移信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;Wherein, the transceiver module 111 is configured to receive auxiliary information sent by a network device. The auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS and first frequency point information, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the PRS Offset information on frequency domain resources, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
可选的,所述收发模块111,还用于向所述网络设备发送第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息用于指示接收到了所述辅助信息;Optionally, the transceiver module 111 is further configured to send a first response message to the network device, where the first response message is used to indicate that the auxiliary information is received;
该处理模块112,用于根据所述收发模块111接收到的所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;The processing module 112 is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information received by the transceiver module 111, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
该收发模块111,还用于在所述处理模块112确定的所述资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的所述PRS。The transceiver module 111 is further configured to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module 112.
可选的,所述收发模块111,还用于向所述网络设备发送第二响应消息,所述第二响应消息用于指示接收到了所述PRS。Optionally, the transceiver module 111 is further configured to send a second response message to the network device, where the second response message is used to indicate that the PRS is received.
示例性的,在本实施例的一种可能设计中,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。Exemplarily, in a possible design of this embodiment, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
示例性的,在本实施例的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。Exemplarily, in another possible design of this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
在本申请实施例的上述任一种可能设计中,该处理模块112,具体用于根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引,以及根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。In any of the foregoing possible designs of the embodiments of the present application, the processing module 112 is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, The target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information. A resource index set includes: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and according to the target resource index and the first resource index set, it is determined that the PRS is in the frequency domain A second resource index set offset on the resource, where the second resource index set is used to indicate a resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is received and received.
可选的,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:Optionally, the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000100
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000100
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000101
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000101
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000103
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000102
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000103
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000104
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000105
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000104
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000105
其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000106
为所述目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000108
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000109
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000110
分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000111
表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000106
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000108
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000109
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000110
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000111
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
示例性的,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。Exemplarily, the network device includes: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
在本实施例的再一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。In yet another possible design of this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
在本实施例的又一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,或者,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区。In another possible design of this embodiment, the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning.
示例性的,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区时,所述第一频点的信息 采用如下任意一种形式表示:Exemplarily, when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的公共资源块CRB索引以及所述CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述用于定位的小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB The index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述用于定位的小区的A点。The information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
示例性的,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且该多个用于定位的小区中有一个为主服务小区,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Exemplarily, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the information of the first frequency point adopts any one of the following A form of representation:
所述第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于该主服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,该CRB索引对应的CRB位于主服务小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,该预置数值为预设固定值或基于该主服务小区的信息确定的值;The first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point. The CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell. The RE index in the CRB is a preset value. The set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述主服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell.
示例性的,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且多个用于定位的小区包括该网络设备的服务小区,该第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Exemplarily, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the information of the first frequency point adopts any of the following forms Means:
所述第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为该第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于该服务小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述服务小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell, and the RE index in the CRB is a preset value , The preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
本实施例的装置还可用于执行图8和图9所示方法实施例中终端设备的实现方案,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The device in this embodiment can also be used to implement the implementation solutions of the terminal equipment in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 8 and FIG.
图12为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例二的结构示意图。该装置可以集成在网络设备中,也可以通过网络设备实现。如图12所示,该装置可以包括:获取模块121和收发模块122。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a PRS frequency domain resource mapping apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application. The device can be integrated in the network equipment or realized through the network equipment. As shown in FIG. 12, the device may include: an acquisition module 121 and a transceiver module 122.
其中,该获取模块121,用于获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;Wherein, the obtaining module 121 is configured to obtain information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
该收发模块122,用于向终端设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息。The transceiver module 122 is configured to send auxiliary information to a terminal device, the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is on frequency domain resources Offset information.
可选的,所述收发模块122,还用于接收终端设备发送的第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息用于指示所述终端设备接收到了所述辅助信息。Optionally, the transceiver module 122 is further configured to receive a first response message sent by a terminal device, where the first response message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the auxiliary information.
示例性的,在本申请实施例的一种可能设计中,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。Exemplarily, in a possible design of the embodiment of the present application, the auxiliary information further includes: the frequency offset of the PRS.
示例性的,在本申请实施例的另一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。Exemplarily, in another possible design of the embodiment of the present application, the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
示例性的,如图12所示,该装置还包括:处理模块123。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 12, the device further includes: a processing module 123.
该处理模块123,用于根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;The processing module 123 is configured to determine the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received according to the auxiliary information;
该收发模块122,还用于在所述处理模块123确定的所述资源映射位置上向所述终端设备发送所述PRS。The transceiver module 122 is further configured to send the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module 123.
可选的,该收发模块122,还用于接收所述终端设备发送的第二响应消息,所述第二响应消息用于指示所述终端设备接收到了所述PRS。Optionally, the transceiver module 122 is further configured to receive a second response message sent by the terminal device, where the second response message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the PRS.
示例性的,该处理模块123,具体用于根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引,以及根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。Exemplarily, the processing module 123 is specifically configured to determine a target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and the target resource index is used to indicate the The mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, and the first resource index set includes: the PRS occupation The common resource block CRB index and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and the second resource index after the PRS offset on the frequency domain resource is determined according to the target resource index and the first resource index set Set, the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
可选的,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:Optionally, the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000112
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000112
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000113
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000113
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000114
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000115
或者
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000114
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000115
or
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000116
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000117
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000116
And
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000117
其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000118
为所述目标资源索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000119
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000120
为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000121
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000122
分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000123
表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000118
Index for the target resource,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000119
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000120
Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000121
with
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000122
Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-000123
Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
在本申请实施例的再一种可能设计中,所述装置应用于第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。In yet another possible design of the embodiment of the present application, the device is applied to the second-standard network equipment and the location management function LMF.
作为一种示例,所述装置应用于所述第二制式网络设备时,所述获取模块121,具体用于获取所述LMF配置的所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。As an example, when the apparatus is applied to the network equipment of the second standard, the obtaining module 121 is specifically configured to obtain the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
作为另一种示例,所述装置应用于所述LMF时,所述收发模块122,还用于向所述第二制式网络设备发送所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。As another example, when the apparatus is applied to the LMF, the transceiver module 122 is further configured to send the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the second-standard network device.
作为再一种示例,所述装置应用于所述LMF时,所述获取模块121,具体用于获取所述第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。As another example, when the apparatus is applied to the LMF, the obtaining module 121 is specifically configured to obtain PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and information of the first frequency point.
在本申请实施例的又一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。In another possible design of the embodiment of the present application, the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
在本申请实施例的又一种可能设计中,所述第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,或者,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区。In another possible design of the embodiment of the present application, the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one cell used for positioning.
示例性的,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区时,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Exemplarily, when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的公共资源块CRB索引以及所述CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述用于定位的小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB The index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述用于定位的小区的A点。The information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
示例性的,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且该多个用于定位的小区中有一个为主服务小区,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Exemplarily, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and one of the multiple cells used for positioning is the primary serving cell, the information of the first frequency point adopts any one of the following A form of representation:
所述第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于该主服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,该CRB索引对应的CRB位于主服务小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,该预置数值为预设固定值或基于该主服务小区的信息确定的值;The first frequency point information is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point. The CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the primary serving cell. The RE index in the CRB is a preset value. The set value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the primary serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述主服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the primary serving cell.
示例性的,若第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,且多个用于定位的小区包括该网络设备的服务小区,该第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:Exemplarily, if the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, and the multiple cells used for positioning include the serving cell of the network device, the information of the first frequency point adopts any of the following forms Means:
所述第一频点的信息为第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引以及该CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述服务小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点的信息为该第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于该服务小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述服务小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the serving cell, and the RE index in the CRB is a preset value , The preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the serving cell;
或者or
所述第一频点信息为第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述服务小区的A点。The first frequency point information is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the serving cell.
本实施例的装置可用于执行图8和图9所示方法实施例中网络设备的实现方案,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The device in this embodiment can be used to implement the implementation scheme of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9. The specific implementation manner and technical effect are similar, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,应理解以上装置的各个模块的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些模块可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分模块通过处理元件调用软件的形式实现,部分模块通过硬件的形式实现。It should be noted that it should be understood that the division of the various modules of the above device is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. And these modules can all be implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some modules can be implemented in the form of calling software by processing elements, and some of the modules can be implemented in the form of hardware.
例如,处理模块可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在上述装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序代码的形式存储于上述装置的存储器中,由上述装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行以上处理模块的功能。其它模块的实现与之类似。For example, the processing module may be a separately established processing element, or it may be integrated in a chip of the above-mentioned device for implementation. In addition, it may also be stored in the memory of the above-mentioned device in the form of program code, and a certain processing element of the above-mentioned device Call and execute the functions of the above processing module. The implementation of other modules is similar.
此外这些模块全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个模块可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。In addition, all or part of these modules can be integrated together or implemented independently. The processing element described here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above modules can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor element or instructions in the form of software.
例如,以上这些模块可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个模块通过处理元件调度程序代码的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序代码的处理器。再如,这些模块可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。For example, the above modules may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more microprocessors (digital signal processor, DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), etc. For another example, when one of the above modules is implemented in the form of processing element scheduling program code, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call program codes. For another example, these modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在可读存储介质中,或者从一个可读存储介质向另一个可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘solid state disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a readable storage medium, or transmitted from one readable storage medium to another readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a wired ( For example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. The readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
图13为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例三的结构示意图。该装置可以集成在终端设备中,也可以通过终端设备实现。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of the application. The device can be integrated in the terminal device, and can also be implemented by the terminal device.
在硬件实现上,上述收发模块111可以为收发送器,收发器构成通信接口。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned transceiver module 111 may be a transmitter and receiver, and the transceiver constitutes a communication interface.
如图13所示,该装置可以包括:处理器131、存储器132、通信接口133和系统总线134,所述存储器132和所述通信接口133通过所述系统总线134与所述处理器131连接并完成相互间的通信,所述存储器132用于存储计算机执行指令,所述通信接口133用于 和其他设备进行通信,所述处理器131执行所述计算机执行指令时实现如图8和图9所示方法实施例中终端设备的实现方案。As shown in FIG. 13, the device may include: a processor 131, a memory 132, a communication interface 133, and a system bus 134. The memory 132 and the communication interface 133 are connected to the processor 131 through the system bus 134 and To complete the communication between each other, the memory 132 is used to store computer-executed instructions, the communication interface 133 is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor 131 executes the computer-executed instructions as shown in Figures 8 and 9 The implementation scheme of terminal equipment in the method embodiment is shown.
图14为本申请实施例提供的PRS的频域资源映射装置实施例四的结构示意图。该装置可以集成在网络设备中,也可以通过网络设备实现。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a device for mapping frequency domain resources of a PRS provided by an embodiment of this application. The device can be integrated in the network equipment or realized through the network equipment.
在硬件实现上,上述收发模块122可以为收发送器,收发器构成通信接口。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned transceiver module 122 may be a transmitter and receiver, and the transceiver constitutes a communication interface.
如图14所示,该装置可以包括:处理器141、存储器142、通信接口143和系统总线144,所述存储器142和所述通信接口143通过所述系统总线144与所述处理器141连接并完成相互间的通信,所述存储器142用于存储计算机执行指令,所述通信接口143用于和其他设备进行通信,所述处理器141执行所述计算机执行指令时实现如图8和图9所示方法实施例中网络设备的实现方案。As shown in FIG. 14, the device may include: a processor 141, a memory 142, a communication interface 143, and a system bus 144. The memory 142 and the communication interface 143 are connected to the processor 141 through the system bus 144 and To complete mutual communication, the memory 142 is used to store computer-executed instructions, the communication interface 143 is used to communicate with other devices, and the processor 141 executes the computer-executed instructions as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 The implementation scheme of the network equipment in the method embodiment is shown.
该图13或图14中提到的系统总线可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述系统总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。通信接口用于实现数据库访问装置与其他设备(例如客户端、读写库和只读库)之间的通信。存储器可能包含随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory),例如至少一个磁盘存储器。The system bus mentioned in FIG. 13 or FIG. 14 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc. The system bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in the figure, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. The communication interface is used to realize the communication between the database access device and other devices (such as client, read-write library and read-only library). The memory may include random access memory (RAM), and may also include non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk memory.
上述的处理器可以是通用处理器,包括中央处理器CPU、网络处理器(network processor,NP)等;还可以是数字信号处理器DSP、专用集成电路ASIC、现场可编程门阵列FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit CPU, a network processor (NP), etc.; it can also be a digital signal processor DSP, an application specific integrated circuit ASIC, a field programmable gate array FPGA or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
可选的,本申请实施例提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述图8和图9所示方法实施例中终端设备的实现方案。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application provides a storage medium that stores instructions in the storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the terminal in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. The realization scheme of the equipment.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述图8和图9所示方法实施例中网络设备的实现方案。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium, which stores instructions in the storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 above. The realization scheme.
可选的,上述处理器131、存储器132也可以集成在专用集成电路中,集成电路中还可以包括通信接口133。专用集成电路可以是处理芯片,也可以是处理电路。其中通信接口133可以是包括无线收发的通信接口,也可以是经过其他处理电路对接收的无线信号进行处理后而输入的数字信号的接口,还可以是和其他模块进行通信的软件或硬件接口。存储器中存储代码和数据,存储器与所述处理器耦合,处理器运行存储器中的代码使得芯片执行上述图8和图9所示方法实施例中终端设备的实现方案。Optionally, the aforementioned processor 131 and memory 132 may also be integrated in an application specific integrated circuit, and the integrated circuit may further include a communication interface 133. The application specific integrated circuit can be a processing chip or a processing circuit. The communication interface 133 may be a communication interface including wireless transmission and reception, or an interface for digital signals input after processing the received wireless signals by other processing circuits, and may also be a software or hardware interface for communicating with other modules. The memory stores code and data, and the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor runs the code in the memory to make the chip execute the implementation scheme of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
可选的,上述处理器141、存储器142也可以集成在专用集成电路中,集成电路中还可以包括通信接口143。专用集成电路可以是处理芯片,也可以是处理电路。其中通信接口143可以是包括无线收发的通信接口,也可以是经过其他处理电路对接收的无线信号进行处理后而输入的数字信号的接口,还可以是和其他模块进行通信的软件或硬件接口。存储器中存储代码和数据,存储器与所述处理器耦合,处理器运行存储器中的代码使得芯片执行上述图8和图9所示方法实施例中网络设备的实现方案。Optionally, the aforementioned processor 141 and memory 142 may also be integrated in an application specific integrated circuit, and the integrated circuit may further include a communication interface 143. The application specific integrated circuit can be a processing chip or a processing circuit. The communication interface 143 may be a communication interface including wireless transceiving, or a digital signal input after processing the received wireless signal through other processing circuits, or a software or hardware interface for communicating with other modules. The memory stores code and data, the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor runs the code in the memory to make the chip execute the implementation scheme of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
本申请实施例还提供一种程序产品,所述程序产品包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序存储在存储介质中,至少一个处理器可以从所述存储介质读取所述计算机程序,所述至少 一个处理器执行所述计算机程序时可实现上述图8和图9所示方法实施例中终端设备的实现方案。An embodiment of the present application further provides a program product, the program product includes a computer program, the computer program is stored in a storage medium, at least one processor can read the computer program from the storage medium, and the at least one When the processor executes the computer program, the implementation scheme of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 can be realized.
本申请实施例还提供一种程序产品,所述程序产品包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序存储在存储介质中,至少一个处理器可以从所述存储介质读取所述计算机程序,所述至少一个处理器执行所述计算机程序时可实现上述图8和图9所示方法实施例中网络设备的实现方案。An embodiment of the present application further provides a program product, the program product includes a computer program, the computer program is stored in a storage medium, at least one processor can read the computer program from the storage medium, and the at least one When the processor executes the computer program, the implementation scheme of the network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 can be realized.
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信系统实施例的结构示意图。如图15所示,该通信系统可以包括:终端设备151、第二制式网络设备152、LMF 153及第一制式网络设备154。第二制式网络设备152、LMF 153及第一制式网络设备154均可以与终端设备151进行无线通信,第二制式网络设备152和第一制式网络设备154也可以与LMF 153进行无线通信。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 15, the communication system may include: a terminal device 151, a second-standard network device 152, an LMF 153, and a first-standard network device 154. The second-standard network device 152, the LMF 153, and the first-standard network device 154 can all communicate with the terminal device 151 wirelessly, and the second-standard network device 152 and the first-standard network device 154 can also communicate with the LMF 153 wirelessly.
其中,该终端设备151可以是上述图11或图13所示实施例的PRS的频域资源映射装置;该第二制式网络设备152和LMF 153可以为上述图12或图14所示实施例的PRS的频域资源映射装置。The terminal device 151 may be the frequency domain resource mapping device of the PRS in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 or FIG. 13; the second-standard network device 152 and the LMF 153 may be the device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 or FIG. PRS frequency domain resource mapping device.
示例性的,在本实施例中,该终端设备151可以接收第二制式网络设备152和LMF 153发送的辅助信息,并基于辅助信息中PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息确定该PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;第二制式网络设备152和LMF 153可以获取第一频点的信息和PRS对应的PRS配置信息,并向终端设备发送包括该PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息的辅助信息。Exemplarily, in this embodiment, the terminal device 151 may receive the auxiliary information sent by the second-standard network device 152 and the LMF 153, and determine the auxiliary information based on the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS in the auxiliary information and the information of the first frequency point. The resource mapping position in the frequency domain during PRS transmission and reception; the second-standard network device 152 and LMF 153 can obtain the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS, and send the PRS configuration information corresponding to the PRS to the terminal device And the auxiliary information of the first frequency point.
在本实施例中,关于终端设备151、第二制式网络设备152、LMF 153的具体实现方式可参见上述实施例中的记载,此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, for the specific implementation manners of the terminal device 151, the second-standard network device 152, and the LMF 153, refer to the record in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中,a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, both A and B exist, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship; in the formula, the character "/" indicates that the associated objects before and after are in a "division" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple One.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。It can be understood that the various numerical numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请的实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It can be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be implemented in this application. The implementation process of the example constitutes any limitation.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种定位参考信号PRS的频域资源映射方法,适用于终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A frequency domain resource mapping method for positioning reference signal PRS is suitable for terminal equipment, and is characterized in that it includes:
    接收网络设备发送的辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;Receive auxiliary information sent by a network device, where the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resource , The first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of the first-standard network;
    根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;Determine, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
    在所述资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的所述PRS。Receiving the PRS sent by the second-standard network device at the resource mapping location.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。The method according to claim 1, wherein the auxiliary information further comprises: a frequency offset of the PRS.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the determining, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received, comprises:
    根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置;Determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, where the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain ;
    根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引;According to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, a first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, the first resource index set including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resources in each CRB Element RE index;
    根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。According to the target resource index and the first resource index set, a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate when the PRS is receiving and transmitting The resource mapping position in the frequency domain.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:The method according to claim 4, wherein the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100001
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100001
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100002
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100002
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100003
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100003
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100004
    其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100005
    为所述目标资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100007
    为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100009
    分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100010
    表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
    Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100005
    Index for the target resource,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100007
    Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100008
    with
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100009
    Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100010
    Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the network device comprises: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  8. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,或者,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells used for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one user For the location of the cell.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区时,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:The method according to claim 8, wherein when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
    所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的公共资源块CRB索引以及所述CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
    或者or
    所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述用于定位的小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB The index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
    或者or
    所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述用于定位的小区的A点。The information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
  10. 一种定位参考信号PRS的频域资源映射方法,适用于网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A frequency domain resource mapping method for positioning reference signal PRS is suitable for network equipment, and is characterized in that it includes:
    获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;Acquiring information about a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of the first-standard network;
    向终端设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息。The auxiliary information is sent to the terminal device, the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate the offset information of the PRS on the frequency domain resource.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。The method according to claim 10, wherein the auxiliary information further comprises: a frequency offset of the PRS.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;Determine, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
    在所述资源映射位置上向所述终端设备发送所述PRS。Sending the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping position.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the determining, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received, comprises:
    根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置;Determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, where the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain ;
    根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引;According to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information, a first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined, the first resource index set including: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resources in each CRB Element RE index;
    根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。According to the target resource index and the first resource index set, a second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource is determined, and the second resource index set is used to indicate when the PRS is receiving and transmitting The resource mapping position in the frequency domain.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意 一种实现方式:The method according to claim 14, wherein the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100011
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100011
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100012
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100012
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100013
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100013
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100014
    其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100015
    为所述目标资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100017
    为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100018
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100019
    分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100020
    表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
    Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100015
    Index for the target resource,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100016
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100017
    Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100018
    with
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100019
    Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100020
    Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  16. 根据权利要求10-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。The method according to any one of claims 10-15, wherein the network device comprises: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the obtaining the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS comprises:
    所述第二制式网络设备获取所述LMF配置的所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The second-standard network device acquires the PRS configuration information configured by the LMF and the information of the first frequency point.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述LMF向所述第二制式网络设备发送所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The LMF sends the PRS configuration information and the information of the first frequency point to the second-standard network device.
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the obtaining the information of the first frequency point and the PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS comprises:
    所述LMF获取所述第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The LMF obtains the PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the information of the first frequency point.
  20. 根据权利要求10-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。The method according to any one of claims 10-19, wherein the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  21. 一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,其特征在于,包括:收发模块和处理模块;A PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, which is characterized in that it comprises: a transceiver module and a processing module;
    所述收发模块,用于接收网络设备发送的辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息和第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息,所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;The transceiver module is configured to receive auxiliary information sent by a network device, the auxiliary information includes: PRS configuration information corresponding to the positioning reference signal PRS and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is in frequency Offset information on domain resources, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
    所述处理模块,用于根据所述收发模块接收到的所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;The processing module is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information received by the transceiver module, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
    所述收发模块,还用于在所述处理模块确定的所述资源映射位置上接收第二制式网络设备发送的所述PRS。The transceiver module is further configured to receive the PRS sent by the network device of the second standard at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the auxiliary information further comprises: a frequency offset of the PRS.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。The device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于 根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引,以及根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。The apparatus according to any one of claims 21-23, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to determine the corresponding information of the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information The target resource index, the target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information The first resource index set includes: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and the target resource index and the first resource index set are used to determine the A second resource index set after the PRS is offset on the frequency domain resource, where the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is received and received.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:The device according to claim 24, wherein the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100021
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100021
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100022
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100022
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100023
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100023
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100024
    其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100025
    为所述目标资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100026
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100027
    为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100028
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100029
    分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100030
    表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
    Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100025
    Index for the target resource,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100026
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100027
    Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100028
    with
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100029
    Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100030
    Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  26. 根据权利要求21-25任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括:第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。The apparatus according to any one of claims 21-25, wherein the network device comprises: a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  27. 根据权利要求21-26任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。The apparatus according to any one of claims 21-26, wherein the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  28. 根据权利要求21-26任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息适用于多个用于定位的小区,或者,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区。The device according to any one of claims 21-26, wherein the information of the first frequency point is applicable to multiple cells for positioning, or the information of the first frequency point is applicable to one For the location of the cell.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息适用于一个用于定位的小区时,所述第一频点的信息采用如下任意一种形式表示:The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein when the information of the first frequency point is applicable to a cell used for positioning, the information of the first frequency point is expressed in any of the following forms:
    所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的公共资源块CRB索引以及所述CRB索引对应CRB内的RE索引,所述CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上;The information of the first frequency point is the common resource block CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point and the RE index in the CRB corresponding to the CRB index, and the CRB is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning on;
    或者or
    所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的CRB索引,所述CRB索引对应的CRB位于所述用于定位的小区的下行载波上,其中,所述CRB内的RE索引为预置数值,所述预置数值为预设固定值或基于所述用于定位的小区的信息确定的值;The information of the first frequency point is the CRB index corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point, the CRB corresponding to the CRB index is located on the downlink carrier of the cell used for positioning, and the RE in the CRB The index is a preset value, and the preset value is a preset fixed value or a value determined based on the information of the cell used for positioning;
    或者or
    所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率相对于第二频点的资源索引,所述第二频点为所述用于定位的小区的A点。The information of the first frequency point is the resource index of the frequency of the first frequency point relative to the second frequency point, and the second frequency point is the point A of the cell used for positioning.
  30. 一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,其特征在于,包括:获取模块和收发模块;A frequency domain resource mapping device for PRS, which is characterized by comprising: an acquisition module and a transceiver module;
    所述获取模块,用于获取第一频点的信息和定位参考信号PRS对应的PRS配置信息, 所述第一频点为第一制式网络的小区的下行频点;The acquiring module is configured to acquire information of a first frequency point and PRS configuration information corresponding to a positioning reference signal PRS, where the first frequency point is a downlink frequency point of a cell of a first-standard network;
    所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送辅助信息,所述辅助信息包括:所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息,所述辅助信息用于指示所述PRS在频域资源上的偏移信息。The transceiver module is configured to send auxiliary information to a terminal device, the auxiliary information includes: the PRS configuration information and information about the first frequency point, and the auxiliary information is used to indicate that the PRS is on frequency domain resources Offset information.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述辅助信息还包括:所述PRS的频率偏移量。The apparatus according to claim 30, wherein the auxiliary information further comprises: a frequency offset of the PRS.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息包含在所述PRS配置信息中。The device according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the information of the first frequency point is included in the PRS configuration information.
  33. 根据权利要求30-32任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:处理模块;The device according to any one of claims 30-32, wherein the device further comprises: a processing module;
    所述处理模块,用于根据所述辅助信息,确定所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置;The processing module is configured to determine, according to the auxiliary information, the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received;
    所述收发模块,还用于在所述处理模块确定的所述资源映射位置上向所述终端设备发送所述PRS。The transceiver module is further configured to send the PRS to the terminal device at the resource mapping location determined by the processing module.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述辅助信息中所述第一频点的信息,确定所述第一频点对应的目标资源索引,所述目标资源索引用于指示所述第一频点在频域上的映射资源位置,根据所述辅助信息中所述PRS配置信息,确定所述PRS对应的第一资源索引集合,所述第一资源索引集合包括:所述PRS占用的公共资源块CRB索引以及每个CRB内的资源元素RE索引,以及根据所述目标资源索引和所述第一资源索引集合,确定所述PRS在频域资源上偏移后的第二资源索引集合,所述第二资源索引集合用于指示所述PRS收发时在频域上的资源映射位置。The device according to claim 33, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to determine the target resource index corresponding to the first frequency point according to the information of the first frequency point in the auxiliary information, and The target resource index is used to indicate the mapping resource position of the first frequency point in the frequency domain, and the first resource index set corresponding to the PRS is determined according to the PRS configuration information in the auxiliary information. The resource index set includes: the common resource block CRB index occupied by the PRS and the resource element RE index in each CRB, and according to the target resource index and the first resource index set, it is determined that the PRS is in the frequency domain. A second resource index set after the upper offset, where the second resource index set is used to indicate the resource mapping position in the frequency domain when the PRS is transmitted and received.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二资源索引集合为如下任意一种实现方式:The device according to claim 34, wherein the second resource index set is any one of the following implementation modes:
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100031
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100031
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100032
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100032
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100033
    或者
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100033
    or
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100034
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100034
    其中,Q 2表示所述第二资源索引集合,Q 1表示所述第一资源索引集合,k表示所述Q 2中的资源索引,k 1为所述Q 1中的资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100035
    为所述目标资源索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100036
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100037
    为一个资源块RB中的RE个数,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100038
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100039
    分别为所述PRS所占用带宽的最小CRB索引和最大CRB索引,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100040
    表示所述PRS所占用的CRB索引的集合,n为所述PRS的频率偏移量。
    Wherein, Q 2 represents the second resource index set, Q 1 represents the first resource index set, k represents the resource index in Q 2 and k 1 is the resource index in Q 1 ,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100035
    Index for the target resource,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100036
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100037
    Is the number of REs in a resource block RB,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100038
    with
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100039
    Are the smallest CRB index and the largest CRB index of the bandwidth occupied by the PRS,
    Figure PCTCN2020075585-appb-100040
    Represents the set of CRB indexes occupied by the PRS, and n is the frequency offset of the PRS.
  36. 根据权利要求30-35任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于第二制式网络设备和定位管理功能LMF。The device according to any one of claims 30-35, wherein the device is applied to a second-standard network device and a location management function LMF.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于所述第二制式网络设备时,所述获取模块,具体用于获取所述LMF配置的所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein when the apparatus is applied to the network equipment of the second standard, the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain the PRS configuration information and the first configuration information of the LMF configuration. One frequency point of information.
  38. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于所述LMF时,所述 收发模块,还用于向所述第二制式网络设备发送所述PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The device according to claim 36, wherein when the device is applied to the LMF, the transceiver module is further configured to send the PRS configuration information and the first network device to the second-standard network device. Frequency information.
  39. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于所述LMF时,所述获取模块,具体用于获取所述第二制式网络设备配置的PRS配置信息和所述第一频点的信息。The apparatus according to claim 36, wherein when the apparatus is applied to the LMF, the obtaining module is specifically configured to obtain PRS configuration information configured by the second-standard network device and the first frequency Point of information.
  40. 根据权利要求30-39任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频点的信息为所述第一频点的频率对应的第二制式网络小区的绝对无线频道编号ARFCN。The apparatus according to any one of claims 30-39, wherein the information of the first frequency point is the absolute wireless channel number ARFCN of the second-standard network cell corresponding to the frequency of the first frequency point.
  41. 一种PRS的频域资源映射装置,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,其特征在于,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现如上述权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法;或者A PRS frequency domain resource mapping device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program that is stored on the memory and can be run on the processor, wherein the processor executes the program to implement the above-mentioned rights The method described in any one of 1-9 is required; or
    所述处理器执行所述程序时实现如上述权利要求10-20任一项所述的方法。When the processor executes the program, the method according to any one of claims 10-20 is implemented.
  42. 一种存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法;或者A storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1-9; or
    当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述权利要求10-20任一项所述的方法。When the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 10-20.
PCT/CN2020/075585 2019-03-07 2020-02-17 Prs frequency domain resource mapping method and apparatus, and storage medium WO2020177521A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910172085.4A CN111669257B (en) 2019-03-07 2019-03-07 PRS frequency domain resource mapping method, device and storage medium
CN201910172085.4 2019-03-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020177521A1 true WO2020177521A1 (en) 2020-09-10

Family

ID=72338092

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/075585 WO2020177521A1 (en) 2019-03-07 2020-02-17 Prs frequency domain resource mapping method and apparatus, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111669257B (en)
WO (1) WO2020177521A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112584387A (en) * 2020-12-04 2021-03-30 上海擎昆信息科技有限公司 Resource mapping method, resource de-mapping method and communication device
CN114257355A (en) * 2020-09-23 2022-03-29 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 PRS (general purpose radio resource) resource indication method and device under direct communication, storage medium and terminal

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112583564B (en) * 2019-09-29 2022-03-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 Mapping method of positioning reference signal, terminal and network side equipment
CN114698097A (en) * 2020-12-31 2022-07-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Positioning method, positioning device and computer-readable storage medium
CN116015575A (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data processing method, user equipment and storage medium
CN117641570A (en) * 2022-08-12 2024-03-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Multi-frequency point positioning method, device, apparatus and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107465497A (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The transmission method and device of location reference signals
CN107690787A (en) * 2015-04-07 2018-02-13 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Transmit location reference signals
US20180063680A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2018-03-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Otdoa positioning via local wireless transmitters

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9490935B2 (en) * 2013-09-07 2016-11-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Blind search for network positioning reference signal (PRS) configuration parameters
CN108029090A (en) * 2015-10-12 2018-05-11 华为技术有限公司 Positioning reference signal sending method and device
EP3448099B1 (en) * 2016-05-03 2020-07-22 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Allocation of reference signals to unoccupied resource elements
US10716084B2 (en) * 2016-05-18 2020-07-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Narrowband positioning signal design and procedures
WO2018030681A1 (en) * 2016-08-08 2018-02-15 엘지전자 주식회사 Nprs transmission method and device therefor
CN107888527B (en) * 2016-09-29 2021-02-09 华为技术有限公司 Reference signal mapping method and device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107690787A (en) * 2015-04-07 2018-02-13 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Transmit location reference signals
CN107465497A (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The transmission method and device of location reference signals
US20180063680A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2018-03-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Otdoa positioning via local wireless transmitters

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "NR E-CID Addition to LPP and Solving SFN0 Issue", 3GPP TSG RAN2 MEETING #102, R2-1807734, 25 May 2018 (2018-05-25), XP051464874, DOI: 20200430093817X *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114257355A (en) * 2020-09-23 2022-03-29 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 PRS (general purpose radio resource) resource indication method and device under direct communication, storage medium and terminal
CN114257355B (en) * 2020-09-23 2024-01-19 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 PRS resource indication method and device under direct communication, storage medium and terminal
CN112584387A (en) * 2020-12-04 2021-03-30 上海擎昆信息科技有限公司 Resource mapping method, resource de-mapping method and communication device
CN112584387B (en) * 2020-12-04 2022-11-01 上海擎昆信息科技有限公司 Resource mapping method, resource de-mapping method and communication device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111669257B (en) 2021-12-10
CN111669257A (en) 2020-09-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020177521A1 (en) Prs frequency domain resource mapping method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN111726808B (en) Communication method and device
JP7016404B2 (en) Resource allocation method, terminals and network devices
US11251912B2 (en) Signal transmission method, related apparatus, and system
WO2021007759A1 (en) Control channel transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2019233398A1 (en) Data transmission method, communication apparatus and storage medium
AU2018406777A1 (en) Channel transmission method, and related products
WO2018228537A1 (en) Information sending and receiving method and apparatus
US11910349B2 (en) Physical layer signaling by devices for requesting positioning-resources
US20220279523A1 (en) Enhanced Physical Uplink Shared Channel Transmission in Wireless Communications
US11108531B2 (en) Method and apparatus for setting symbol
US11910350B2 (en) Physical layer signaling by base stations for provisioning positioning-resources
CN113596865B (en) Simultaneous use of network slices via dual connections
WO2022226802A1 (en) Uplink transmission support for reduced capability devices in wireless communications
WO2022183455A1 (en) Random access resource determining method, electronic device and storage medium
US20220312400A1 (en) Symbol Level Beam Sweeping Configuration
WO2024148539A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for reducing layer 1 (l1) measurement delay using multi-receive-chain reception
WO2024156114A1 (en) Systems and methods of inter-device coordination for sidelink positioning
WO2024148532A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for physical layer (l1) measurements on neighboring cells without gap
WO2023206017A1 (en) Inter-cell l1-rsrp measurements
US11838089B2 (en) Systems and methods for control signaling for beam searching latency reduction
WO2023151144A1 (en) Signal measurement method and apparatus, and device, medium and program product
WO2024092605A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for enhanced physical layer measurement reporting in wireless communications
US20220312233A1 (en) Symbol Level Beam Sweeping Capability Reporting
WO2024065679A1 (en) Cell phase timing misalignment handling for air to ground (atg)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20767362

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20767362

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1